blob: 55adbb59e34bb66ffbcede3940fff9455b6972f8 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +000015#include "Lookup.h"
Chris Lattnercb6a3822006-11-10 06:20:45 +000016#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar6e8aa532008-08-11 05:35:13 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000019#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff021ca182008-05-29 21:12:08 +000020#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000021#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +000022#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000024#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
25#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner07d754a2008-10-26 23:43:26 +000027#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000028#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Douglas Gregorb53edfb2009-11-10 19:49:08 +000029#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000030using namespace clang;
31
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +000032
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000033/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
34/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
35///
36/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
37/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
38/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
39/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
40/// function is being used.
41///
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000042/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
43/// decls.
44///
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000045/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
46/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000047///
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000048bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000049 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000050 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000051 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000052 }
53
Chris Lattnera27dd592009-10-25 17:21:40 +000054 // See if the decl is unavailable
55 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
56 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
57 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
58 }
59
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000060 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000061 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000062 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
63 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
64 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
65 return true;
66 }
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000067 }
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000068
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000069 return false;
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070}
71
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000072/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000073/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000074/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
75///
76void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000077 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000078 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000079 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000080 return;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000081 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
82 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000083
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000084 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
85 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000086 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +000087 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
88 int isMethod = 0;
89 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
90 // skip over named parameters.
91 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
92 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
93 if (nullPos)
94 --nullPos;
95 else
96 ++i;
97 }
98 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
99 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000100 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000101 // skip over named parameters.
102 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
103 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
104 if (nullPos)
105 --nullPos;
106 else
107 ++i;
108 }
109 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000110 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000111 // block or function pointer call.
112 QualType Ty = V->getType();
113 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000114 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000115 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
116 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000117 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
118 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
119 unsigned k;
120 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
121 if (nullPos)
122 --nullPos;
123 else
124 ++i;
125 }
126 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
127 }
128 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
129 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000130 } else
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000131 return;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000132 } else
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000133 return;
134
135 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000136 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000137 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000138 return;
139 }
140 int sentinel = i;
141 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
142 --sentinelPos;
143 ++i;
144 }
145 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
146 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000147 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000148 return;
149 }
150 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
151 ++i;
152 ++sentinel;
153 }
154 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
Anders Carlsson0b11a3e2009-11-24 17:24:21 +0000155 if (sentinelExpr && (!isa<GNUNullExpr>(sentinelExpr) &&
156 (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
157 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
158 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)))) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000159 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000160 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000161 }
162 return;
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000163}
164
Douglas Gregor87f95b02009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000165SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
166 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
167 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
168}
169
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000170//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
171// Standard Promotions and Conversions
172//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
173
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000174/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
175void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
176 QualType Ty = E->getType();
177 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
178
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000179 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000180 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlsson6904f642009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000181 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000182 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
183 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
184 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
185 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
186 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
187 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
188 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9321c742008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000189 //
190 // C++ 4.2p1:
191 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
192 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
193 //
194 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
195 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson8fc489d2009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000196 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
197 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000198 }
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000199}
200
201/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000202/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000203/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
204/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
205/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
206Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
207 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
208 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000209
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000210 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
211 //
212 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
213 // unsigned int may be used:
214 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
215 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
216 // and unsigned int.
217 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
218 //
219 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
220 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
221 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
222 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000223 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
224 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000225 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000226 return Expr;
227 }
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000228 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000229 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000230 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000231 return Expr;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000232 }
233
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000234 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000235 return Expr;
236}
237
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000238/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000239/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000240/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
241void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
242 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
243 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000244
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000245 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000246 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000247 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000248 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
249 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000250
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000251 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
252}
253
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000254/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
255/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
256/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
257/// completely illegal.
258bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000259 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000260
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000261 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
262 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
263 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
264 << Expr->getType() << CT;
265 return true;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000266 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000267
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000268 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
269 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
270 << Expr->getType() << CT;
271
272 return false;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000273}
274
275
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000276/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
277/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000278/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000279/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
280/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
281/// GCC.
282QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
283 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000284 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000285 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000286
287 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000288
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000289 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000290 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000291 QualType lhs =
292 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000293 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000294 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000295
296 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
297 if (lhs == rhs)
298 return lhs;
299
300 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
301 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
302 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
303 return lhs;
304
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000305 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000306 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000307 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
308 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000309 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000310 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
311 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
312
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000313 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000314 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000315 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
316 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000317 return destType;
318}
319
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000320//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
321// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
322//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
323
324
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000325/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000326/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
327/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
328/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
329/// string.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000330///
331Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000332Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000333 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
334
Chris Lattner8a24e582009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000335 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Steve Naroff4f88b312007-03-13 22:37:02 +0000336 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000337 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000338
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +0000339 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000340 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
341 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000342
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000343 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscbad7252008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000344 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000345 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000346
347 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
348 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
349 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000350
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000351 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
352 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
353 // strings.
354 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerd42c29f2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000355 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000356 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000357
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000358 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000359 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattnerf83b5af2009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000360 Literal.GetStringLength(),
361 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
362 &StringTokLocs[0],
363 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000364}
365
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000366/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
367/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
368/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
369/// for values inside the block or for globals).
370///
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000371/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
372/// up-to-date.
373///
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000374static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
375 ValueDecl *VD) {
376 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
377 // we wanted to.
378 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
379 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000380
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000381 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
382 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
383 return false;
384
385 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
386 // snapshot it.
387 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
388 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000389 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
390 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000391
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000392 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
393 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
394
395 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
396 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
397 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
398 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
399 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
400 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
401 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
402 // having a reference outside it.
403 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
404 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000405
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000406 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
407 // a snapshot as well.
408 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
409 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000410
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000411 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000412}
413
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000414
415
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000416/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000417Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000418Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000419 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000420 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
421 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000422 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000423 << D->getDeclName();
424 return ExprError();
425 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000426
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000427 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
428 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
429 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
430 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000431 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000432 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000433 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000434 << D->getIdentifier();
435 return ExprError();
436 }
437 }
438 }
439 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000440
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000441 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000442
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000443 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
444 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
445 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregored6c7442009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000446 D, Loc, Ty));
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000447}
448
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000449/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
450/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
451/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000452static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
453 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000454 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000455 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000456
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000457 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
458 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
459 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000460 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000461 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000462 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000463 D != DEnd; ++D) {
464 if (*D == Record) {
465 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
466 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
467 ++D;
468 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000469 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000470 return *D;
471 }
472 }
473
474 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
475 return 0;
476}
477
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000478/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
479/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
480/// actual member.
481///
482/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
483/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
484/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
485/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
486/// we found.
487///
488/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
489/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
490/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
491VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
492 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000493 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
494 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
495 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
496
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000497 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000498 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
499 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
500 do {
501 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000502 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000503 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000504 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000505 else {
506 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
507 break;
508 }
509 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000510 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000511 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000512
513 return BaseObject;
514}
515
516Sema::OwningExprResult
517Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
518 FieldDecl *Field,
519 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
520 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
521 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000522 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000523 AnonFields);
524
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000525 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
526 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
527 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
528 // found via name lookup.
529 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000530 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000531 if (BaseObject) {
532 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
533 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000534 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000535 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000536 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000537 SourceLocation());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000538 BaseQuals
539 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000540 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
541 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
542 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
543 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
544 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000545 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000546 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
547 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
548 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000549 BaseQuals
550 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000551 } else {
552 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
553 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
554 // program our base object expression is "this".
555 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
556 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000557 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000558 = Context.getTagDeclType(
559 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
560 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000561 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000562 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
563 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
564 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000565 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000566 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000567 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
568 }
569 } else {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000570 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
571 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000572 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000573 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000574 }
575
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000576 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000577 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
578 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000579 }
580
581 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
582 // anonymous struct/union.
583 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000584 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000585 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
586 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
587 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
588 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000589 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
590 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
591
592 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
593 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
594 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
595 ResultQuals.removeConst();
596
597 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
598 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
599
600 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
601 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
602
603 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
604 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
605 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
606
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000607 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000608 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000609 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
610 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000611 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000612 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000613 }
614
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000615 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000616}
617
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000618/// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationName, its location, and
619/// possibly a list of template arguments.
620///
621/// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
622/// DecomposeTemplateName.
623///
624/// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
625/// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
626/// some way.
627static void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Sema &SemaRef,
628 const UnqualifiedId &Id,
629 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
630 DeclarationName &Name,
631 SourceLocation &NameLoc,
632 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
633 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
634 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
635 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
636
637 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(SemaRef,
638 Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
639 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
640 SemaRef.translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
641 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
642
643 TemplateName TName =
644 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
645
646 Name = SemaRef.Context.getNameForTemplate(TName);
647 NameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
648 TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
649 } else {
650 Name = SemaRef.GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
651 NameLoc = Id.StartLocation;
652 TemplateArgs = 0;
653 }
654}
655
656/// Decompose the given template name into a list of lookup results.
657///
658/// The unqualified ID must name a non-dependent template, which can
659/// be more easily tested by checking whether DecomposeUnqualifiedId
660/// found template arguments.
661static void DecomposeTemplateName(LookupResult &R, const UnqualifiedId &Id) {
662 assert(Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId);
663 TemplateName TName =
664 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
665
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000666 if (TemplateDecl *TD = TName.getAsTemplateDecl())
667 R.addDecl(TD);
668 else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *OD
669 = TName.getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl())
670 for (OverloadIterator I(OD), E; I != E; ++I)
671 R.addDecl(*I);
John McCalla9ee3252009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000672
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000673 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000674}
675
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000676static bool IsFullyFormedScope(Sema &SemaRef, CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
677 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
678 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
679 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
680 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
681 if (!BaseRT) return false;
682
683 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
684 if (!BaseRecord->isDefinition() ||
685 !IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, BaseRecord))
686 return false;
687 }
688
689 return true;
690}
691
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000692/// Determines whether we can lookup this id-expression now or whether
693/// we have to wait until template instantiation is complete.
694static bool IsDependentIdExpression(Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000695 DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000696
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000697 // If the qualifier scope isn't computable, it's definitely dependent.
698 if (!DC) return true;
699
700 // If the qualifier scope doesn't name a record, we can always look into it.
701 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) return false;
702
703 // We can't look into record types unless they're fully-formed.
704 if (!IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))) return true;
705
706 // We can always look into fully-formed record types, but if we're
707 // in a dependent but not fully-formed context, we can't decide
708 // whether the qualifier names a base class. We shouldn't be trying
709 // to decide that yet anyway, but we are, so we need to delay that
710 // decision.
711 CXXRecordDecl *CurRecord;
712 if (CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext))
713 CurRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurMethod->getParent());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000714 else
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000715 CurRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext);
716
717 return CurRecord && !IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, CurRecord);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000718}
719
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000720Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
721 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
722 UnqualifiedId &Id,
723 bool HasTrailingLParen,
724 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
725 assert(!(isAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
726 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
727
728 if (SS.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000729 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000730
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000731 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000732
733 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
734 DeclarationName Name;
735 SourceLocation NameLoc;
736 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000737 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
738 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000739
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000740 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000741
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000742 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
743 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
744 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
745 // names a dependent type.
746 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
747 // we need to handle these differently.
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000748 if (SS.isSet() && IsDependentIdExpression(*this, SS)) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000749 bool CheckForImplicitMember = !isAddressOfOperand;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000750
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000751 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, Name, NameLoc,
752 CheckForImplicitMember,
753 TemplateArgs);
754 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000755
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000756 // Perform the required lookup.
757 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
758 if (TemplateArgs) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000759 // Just re-use the lookup done by isTemplateName.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000760 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000761 } else {
762 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000763
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000764 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
765 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
766 if (!SS.isSet() && II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
767 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II));
768 if (E.isInvalid())
769 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000770
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000771 Expr *Ex = E.takeAs<Expr>();
772 if (Ex) return Owned(Ex);
Steve Naroffebf4cb42008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000773 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000774 }
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000775
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000776 if (R.isAmbiguous())
777 return ExprError();
778
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000779 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
780 // argument-dependent lookup.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000781 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000782
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000783 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
Bill Wendling4073ed52007-02-13 01:51:42 +0000784 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000785 // in C90, extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
786 if (HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
787 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
788 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
789 }
790
791 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
792 // call, diagnose the problem.
793 if (R.empty()) {
794 if (!SS.isEmpty())
795 return ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member)
796 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
797 << SS.getRange());
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +0000798 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
Alexis Hunt3d221f22009-11-29 07:34:05 +0000799 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000800 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000801 return ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
802 << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis16ac9be2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000803 else
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000804 return ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +0000805 }
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +0000806 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000807
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000808 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
809 assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
810
811 if (VarDecl *Var = R.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000812 // Warn about constructs like:
813 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
814 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000815
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000816 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
817 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000818 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000819 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000820 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000821 ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000822 << Var->getDeclName()
823 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType()? 2 :
824 Var->getType()->isBooleanType()? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000825 break;
826 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000827
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000828 // Move to the parent of this scope.
829 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000830 }
831 }
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000832 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = R.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000833 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
834 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
835 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
836 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
837 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
838 // type.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000839 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, NameLoc))
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000840 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000841
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000842 QualType T = Func->getType();
843 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000844 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000845 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000846 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, NameLoc, &SS);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000847 }
848 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000849
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000850 // &SomeClass::foo is an abstract member reference, regardless of
851 // the nature of foo, but &SomeClass::foo(...) is not. If this is
852 // *not* an abstract member reference, and any of the results is a
853 // class member (which necessarily means they're all class members),
854 // then we make an implicit member reference instead.
855 //
856 // This check considers all the same information as the "needs ADL"
857 // check, but there's no simple logical relationship other than the
858 // fact that they can never be simultaneously true. We could
859 // calculate them both in one pass if that proves important for
860 // performance.
861 if (!ADL) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000862 bool isAbstractMemberPointer = (isAddressOfOperand && !SS.isEmpty());
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000863
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000864 if (!isAbstractMemberPointer && !R.empty() &&
865 isa<CXXRecordDecl>((*R.begin())->getDeclContext())) {
866 return BuildImplicitMemberReferenceExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000867 }
868 }
869
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000870 if (TemplateArgs)
871 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, ADL, *TemplateArgs);
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000872
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000873 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
874}
875
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000876/// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
877/// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
878/// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
879/// this path.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000880Sema::OwningExprResult
881Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
882 DeclarationName Name,
883 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
884 DeclContext *DC;
885 if (!(DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
886 DC->isDependentContext() ||
887 RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS))
888 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, Name, NameLoc, 0);
889
890 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
891 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
892
893 if (R.isAmbiguous())
894 return ExprError();
895
896 if (R.empty()) {
897 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
898 return ExprError();
899 }
900
901 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
902}
903
904/// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
905/// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
906/// additional lookup.
907///
908/// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
909/// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
910///
911/// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
912Sema::OwningExprResult
913Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
914 IdentifierInfo *II) {
915 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
916
917 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
918 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
919 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
920 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
921 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
922
923 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
924 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
925 // ivar, that's an error.
926 bool IsClassMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
927
928 bool LookForIvars;
929 if (Lookup.empty())
930 LookForIvars = true;
931 else if (IsClassMethod)
932 LookForIvars = false;
933 else
934 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
935 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
936
937 if (LookForIvars) {
938 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
939 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
940 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
941 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
942 if (IsClassMethod)
943 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
944 << IV->getDeclName());
945
946 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
947 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
948 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
949 return ExprError();
950
951 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
952 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
953 return ExprError();
954
955 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
956 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
957 ClassDeclared != IFace)
958 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
959
960 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
961 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
962 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
963 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
964 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
965 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
966 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
967 SelfName, false, false);
968 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
969 return Owned(new (Context)
970 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
971 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
972 }
973 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
974 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
975 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
976 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
977 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
978 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
979 IFace == ClassDeclared)
980 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
981 }
982 }
983
984 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
985 if (Lookup.empty() && II->isStr("super")) {
986 QualType T;
987
988 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
989 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
990 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
991 else
992 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
993 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
994 }
995
996 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
997 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000998}
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000999
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001000/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001001bool
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001002Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
1003 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001004 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001005 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001006 QualType DestType =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001007 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001008 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
1009 return false;
1010 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
1011 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001012 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001013 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
1014 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001015 }
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001016 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
1017 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
1018 DestRecordType,
1019 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1020 From->getSourceRange()))
1021 return true;
Anders Carlssona076d142009-07-31 01:23:52 +00001022 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
1023 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001024 }
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001025 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001026}
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001027
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +00001028/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001029static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001030 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, NamedDecl *Member,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001031 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty,
1032 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0) {
1033 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1034 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001035 if (SS.isSet()) {
1036 Qualifier = (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep();
1037 QualifierRange = SS.getRange();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001038 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001039
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001040 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
1041 Member, Loc, TemplateArgs, Ty);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00001042}
1043
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001044/// Return true if all the decls in the given result are instance
1045/// methods.
1046static bool IsOnlyInstanceMethods(const LookupResult &R) {
1047 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1048 NamedDecl *D = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
1049
1050 CXXMethodDecl *Method;
1051 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1052 Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)
1053 ->getTemplatedDecl());
1054 else if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1055 Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D);
1056 else
1057 return false;
1058
1059 if (Method->isStatic())
1060 return false;
1061 }
1062
1063 return true;
1064}
1065
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001066/// Builds an implicit member access expression from the given
1067/// unqualified lookup set, which is known to contain only class
1068/// members.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001069Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001070Sema::BuildImplicitMemberReferenceExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1071 LookupResult &R,
1072 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1073 assert(!R.empty() && !R.isAmbiguous());
1074
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001075 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001076
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001077 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1078 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +00001079 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001080 // FIXME: template-ids inside anonymous structs?
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001081 if (FieldDecl *FD = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>())
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001082 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001083 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001084
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001085 QualType ThisType;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001086 if (isImplicitMemberReference(R, ThisType)) {
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001087 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisType);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001088 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, This),
1089 /*OpLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
1090 /*IsArrow*/ true,
1091 SS, R, TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001092 }
1093
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001094 // Diagnose now if none of the available methods are static.
1095 if (IsOnlyInstanceMethods(R))
1096 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object));
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001097
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001098 if (R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>()) {
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001099 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001100 if (MD->isStatic()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001101 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001102 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001103 << R.getLookupName();
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001104 return ExprError();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001105 }
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001106 }
1107
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001108 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1109 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1110 // above.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001111 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001112 << R.getLookupName();
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001113 return ExprError();
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001114 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001115
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001116 // We're not in an implicit member-reference context, but the lookup
1117 // results might not require an instance. Try to build a non-member
1118 // decl reference.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001119 if (TemplateArgs)
1120 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, /* ADL */ false, *TemplateArgs);
1121
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001122 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001123}
1124
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001125bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001126 const LookupResult &R,
1127 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001128 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
1129 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
1130 return false;
1131
1132 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001133 if (SS.isSet())
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001134 return false;
1135
1136 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001137 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001138 return false;
1139
1140 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
1141 // normal lookup:
1142 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1143 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1144
1145 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1146 // -- a declaration of a class member
1147 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
1148 // original decl.
1149 if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
1150 return false;
1151
1152 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1153 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
1154 // using-declaration
1155 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
1156 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
1157 // turn off ADL anyway).
1158 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1159 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1160 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1161 return false;
1162
1163 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1164 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
1165 // template
1166 // And also for builtin functions.
1167 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1168 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1169
1170 // But also builtin functions.
1171 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
1172 return false;
1173 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1174 return false;
1175 }
1176
1177 return true;
1178}
1179
1180
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001181/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
1182/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
1183/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
1184/// will in fact be used.
1185static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1186 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
1187 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
1188 return true;
1189 }
1190
1191 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
1192 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
1193 return true;
1194 }
1195
1196 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1197 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
1198 return true;
1199 }
1200
1201 return false;
1202}
1203
1204Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001205Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001206 LookupResult &R,
1207 bool NeedsADL) {
1208 assert(R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue);
1209
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001210 // If this isn't an overloaded result and we don't need ADL, just
1211 // build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001212 if (!NeedsADL && !R.isOverloadedResult())
1213 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001214
1215 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
1216 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
1217 // functions and function templates.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001218 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
1219 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001220 return ExprError();
1221
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001222 bool Dependent
1223 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), 0);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001224 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001225 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
1226 (NestedNameSpecifier*) SS.getScopeRep(),
1227 SS.getRange(),
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001228 R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
1229 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult());
1230 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
1231 ULE->addDecl(*I);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001232
1233 return Owned(ULE);
1234}
1235
1236
1237/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1238Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001239Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001240 SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1241 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001242 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
1243 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001244 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
1245
1246 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
1247 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001248
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001249 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001250
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001251 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1252 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1253 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1254 // that overload resolution actually selects.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001255 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001256 return ExprError();
1257
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001258 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1259 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001260 return ExprError();
1261
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001262 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1263 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1264 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1265 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001266 //
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001267 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1268 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1269 //
1270 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001271 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001272 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001273 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001274 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001275 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001276 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1277 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001278 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001279
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001280 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001281 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001282 constAdded));
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001283 }
1284 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1285 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001286
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001287 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, &SS);
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001288}
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001289
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001290Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1291 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001292 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001293
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001294 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001295 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001296 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1297 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1298 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001299 }
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001300
Chris Lattnera81a0272008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001301 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1302 // string.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001303
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001304 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1305 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001306 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001307 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001308 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001309
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001310 QualType ResTy;
1311 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1312 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1313 } else {
1314 unsigned Length =
1315 PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001316
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001317 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001318 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001319 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1320 }
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001321 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001322}
1323
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001324Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001325 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001326 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1327 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1328 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001329
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001330 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1331 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1332 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001333 return ExprError();
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001334
1335 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1336
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001337 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1338 Literal.isWide(),
1339 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001340}
1341
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001342Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1343 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001344 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1345 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner9240b3e2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001346 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerc4c18192009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001347 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001348 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff5faaef72009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001349 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001350 }
Ted Kremeneke9814182009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001351
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001352 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattnera1cf5f92008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001353 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1354 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001355 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001356
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001357 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001358 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001359
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001360 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Steve Naroff451d8f162007-03-12 23:22:38 +00001361 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001362 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001363 return ExprError();
1364
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001365 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001366
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001367 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001368 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001369 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001370 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001371 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001372 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001373 else
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001374 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001375
1376 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1377
Ted Kremenek3a2c9502007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001378 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1379 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattnere4edb8e2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001380 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1381 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001382
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001383 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001384 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001385 } else {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001386 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001387
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001388 // long long is a C99 feature.
1389 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth4a1ee052007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001390 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001391 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1392
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001393 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001394 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001395
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001396 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1397 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1398 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001399 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1400 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001401 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001402 } else {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001403 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1404 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001405
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001406 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1407 // be an unsigned int.
1408 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1409
1410 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001411 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner7b939cf2007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001412 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1413 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001414 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001415
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001416 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1417 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1418 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1419 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001420 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001421 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001422 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001423 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001424 }
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001425 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001426
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001427 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001428 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001429 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001430
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001431 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1432 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1433 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1434 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001435 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001436 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001437 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001438 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001439 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001440 }
1441
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001442 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001443 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001444 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001445
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001446 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1447 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1448 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1449 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001450 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001451 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001452 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001453 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001454 }
1455 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001456
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001457 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1458 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001459 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001460 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001461 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001462 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001463 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001464
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001465 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1466 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001467 }
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001468 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001469 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001470
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001471 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1472 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001473 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001474 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001475
1476 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001477}
1478
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001479Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1480 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001481 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001482 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001483 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001484}
1485
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00001486/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00001487/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001488bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001489 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1490 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1491 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001492 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1493 return false;
1494
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001495 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
1496 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
1497 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
1498 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
1499 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
1500 exprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1501
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001502 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001503 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001504 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001505 if (isSizeof)
1506 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1507 return false;
1508 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001509
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001510 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001511 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001512 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1513 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001514 return false;
1515 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001516
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001517 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001518 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001519 PDiag(diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type)
1520 << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001521 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001522
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001523 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanian1dcb3222009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001524 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001525 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001526 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1527 return true;
Chris Lattner37920f52009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001528 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001529
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001530 return false;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001531}
1532
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001533bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1534 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1535 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001536
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001537 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001538 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1539 return false;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001540
1541 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1542 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1543 return false;
1544
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001545 if (E->getBitField()) {
1546 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1547 return true;
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001548 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001549
1550 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1551 // bit-field.
1552 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001553 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001554 return false;
1555
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001556 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1557}
1558
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001559/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001560Action::OwningExprResult
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001561Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(DeclaratorInfo *DInfo,
1562 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001563 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001564 if (!DInfo)
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001565 return ExprError();
1566
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001567 QualType T = DInfo->getType();
1568
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001569 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1570 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1571 return ExprError();
1572
1573 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001574 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, DInfo,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001575 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1576 R.getEnd()));
1577}
1578
1579/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1580/// operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001581Action::OwningExprResult
1582Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001583 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1584 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1585 bool isInvalid = false;
1586 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1587 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1588 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1589 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001590 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001591 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1592 isInvalid = true;
1593 } else {
1594 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1595 }
1596
1597 if (isInvalid)
1598 return ExprError();
1599
1600 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1601 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1602 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1603 R.getEnd()));
1604}
1605
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001606/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1607/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1608/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001609Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001610Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1611 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner0d8b1a12006-11-20 04:34:45 +00001612 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001613 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001614
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001615 if (isType) {
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001616 DeclaratorInfo *DInfo;
1617 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &DInfo);
1618 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(DInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001619 }
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001620
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001621 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1622 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1623 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1624
1625 if (Result.isInvalid())
1626 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1627
1628 return move(Result);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001629}
1630
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001631QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001632 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1633 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001634
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001635 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001636 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001637 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001638
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001639 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1640 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1641 return V->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001642
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001643 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001644 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1645 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001646 return QualType();
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001647}
1648
1649
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001650
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001651Action::OwningExprResult
1652Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1653 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001654 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1655 switch (Kind) {
1656 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1657 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1658 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1659 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001660
Eli Friedmancfdd40c2009-11-18 03:38:04 +00001661 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001662}
1663
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001664Action::OwningExprResult
1665Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1666 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001667 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1668 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1669
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001670 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1671 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001672
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001673 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001674 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1675 Base.release();
1676 Idx.release();
1677 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1678 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1679 }
1680
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001681 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001682 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman254a1a22008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001683 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1684 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1685 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001686 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001687 }
1688
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001689 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
1690}
1691
1692
1693Action::OwningExprResult
1694Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1695 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1696 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
1697 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
1698
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001699 // Perform default conversions.
1700 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1701 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001702
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001703 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001704
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001705 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001706 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001707 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001708 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001709 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1710 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001711 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1712 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1713 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1714 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001715 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001716 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1717 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001718 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001719 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattneraee0cfd2007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001720 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001721 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1722 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001723 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001724 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001725 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001726 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1727 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1728 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001729 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001730 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001731 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1732 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1733 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1734 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001735 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner41977962007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001736 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001737 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begemanc1bf0612009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001738
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001739 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1740 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001741 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1742 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1743 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1744 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1745 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1746 // force the promotion here.
1747 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1748 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001749 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
1750 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001751 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1752
1753 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1754 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001755 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001756 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1757 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1758 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1759 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001760 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
1761 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001762 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1763
1764 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1765 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001766 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffb3096442007-06-09 03:47:53 +00001767 } else {
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001768 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1769 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001770 }
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001771 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001772 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
1773 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001774 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1775 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffb29cdd52007-07-10 18:23:31 +00001776
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001777 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinigb7608d72009-09-14 20:14:57 +00001778 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
1779 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig914244e2009-09-14 01:58:58 +00001780 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
1781
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001782 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001783 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1784 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001785 // incomplete types are not object types.
1786 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1787 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1788 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1789 return ExprError();
1790 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001791
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001792 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001793 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001794 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
1795 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001796 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001797
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001798 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1799 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1800 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1801 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1802 return ExprError();
1803 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001804
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001805 Base.release();
1806 Idx.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001807 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001808 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001809}
1810
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001811QualType Sema::
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001812CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001813 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001814 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbarc0429402009-10-18 02:09:38 +00001815 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
1816 // see FIXME there.
1817 //
1818 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
1819 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001820 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001821
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001822 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001823 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001824
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001825 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001826 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1827 // to be selected.
1828 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001829
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001830 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1831 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman0359e122009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001832 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001833
1834 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1835 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001836 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001837 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1838 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001839 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001840 do
1841 compStr++;
1842 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001843 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001844 do
1845 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001846 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001847 }
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001848
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001849 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001850 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1851 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001852 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1853 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001854 return QualType();
1855 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001856
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001857 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1858 // operates on.
1859 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001860 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001861
1862 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001863 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001864
1865 while (*compStr) {
1866 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1867 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1868 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1869 return QualType();
1870 }
1871 }
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001872 }
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001873
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001874 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1875 // number of elements.
1876 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001877 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001878 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001879 return QualType();
1880 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001881
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001882 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001883 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001884 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001885 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001886 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001887 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001888 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001889 if (HexSwizzle)
1890 CompSize--;
1891
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001892 if (CompSize == 1)
1893 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001894
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001895 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001896 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001897 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1898 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1899 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1900 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffddf5a1d2007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001901 }
1902 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001903}
1904
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001905static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001906 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001907 const Selector &Sel,
1908 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001909
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001910 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001911 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001912 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001913 return OMD;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001914
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001915 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1916 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001917 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001918 Context))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001919 return D;
1920 }
1921 return 0;
1922}
1923
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001924static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001925 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001926 const Selector &Sel,
1927 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001928 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1929 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001930 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001931 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001932 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001933 GDecl = PD;
1934 break;
1935 }
1936 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001937 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001938 GDecl = OMD;
1939 break;
1940 }
1941 }
1942 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001943 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001944 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1945 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001946 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001947 if (GDecl)
1948 return GDecl;
1949 }
1950 }
1951 return GDecl;
1952}
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001953
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001954Sema::OwningExprResult
1955Sema::ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg Base, bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1956 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1957 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
1958 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1959 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1960 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
1961
1962 // Even in dependent contexts, try to diagnose base expressions with
1963 // obviously wrong types, e.g.:
1964 //
1965 // T* t;
1966 // t.f;
1967 //
1968 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
1969 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
1970 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
1971 if (!IsArrow) {
1972 const PointerType *PT = BaseExpr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
1973 if (PT && (!getLangOptions().ObjC1 ||
1974 PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
1975 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
1976 << BaseExpr->getType() << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1977 return ExprError();
1978 }
1979 }
1980
1981 assert(BaseExpr->getType()->isDependentType());
1982
1983 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1984 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
1985 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr,
1986 IsArrow, OpLoc,
1987 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()),
1988 SS.getRange(),
1989 FirstQualifierInScope,
1990 Name, NameLoc,
1991 TemplateArgs));
1992}
1993
1994/// We know that the given qualified member reference points only to
1995/// declarations which do not belong to the static type of the base
1996/// expression. Diagnose the problem.
1997static void DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(Sema &SemaRef,
1998 Expr *BaseExpr,
1999 QualType BaseType,
2000 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2001 SourceRange QualifierRange,
2002 const LookupResult &R) {
2003 DeclContext *DC = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getDeclContext();
2004
2005 // FIXME: this is an exceedingly lame diagnostic for some of the more
2006 // complicated cases here.
2007 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
2008 << QualifierRange << DC << BaseType;
2009}
2010
2011// Check whether the declarations we found through a nested-name
2012// specifier in a member expression are actually members of the base
2013// type. The restriction here is:
2014//
2015// C++ [expr.ref]p2:
2016// ... In these cases, the id-expression shall name a
2017// member of the class or of one of its base classes.
2018//
2019// So it's perfectly legitimate for the nested-name specifier to name
2020// an unrelated class, and for us to find an overload set including
2021// decls from classes which are not superclasses, as long as the decl
2022// we actually pick through overload resolution is from a superclass.
2023bool Sema::CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr,
2024 QualType BaseType,
2025 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2026 SourceRange QualifierRange,
2027 const LookupResult &R) {
2028 QualType BaseTypeCanon
2029 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType();
2030
2031 bool FoundValid = false;
2032
2033 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
2034 TypeDecl* TyD = cast<TypeDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getDeclContext());
2035 CanQualType MemberTypeCanon
2036 = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(TyD));
2037
2038 if (BaseTypeCanon == MemberTypeCanon ||
2039 IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon)) {
2040 FoundValid = true;
2041 break;
2042 }
2043 }
2044
2045 if (!FoundValid) {
2046 DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(*this, BaseExpr, BaseType,
2047 Qualifier, QualifierRange, R);
2048 return true;
2049 }
2050
2051 return false;
2052}
2053
2054Sema::OwningExprResult
2055Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg BaseArg,
2056 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2057 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2058 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2059 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2060 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2061 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
2062
2063 if (Base->getType()->isDependentType())
2064 return ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base),
2065 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2066 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2067 Name, NameLoc,
2068 TemplateArgs);
2069
2070 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
2071 OwningExprResult Result =
2072 LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
2073 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2074 /*ObjCImpDecl*/ DeclPtrTy());
2075
2076 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
2077 Owned(Base);
2078 return ExprError();
2079 }
2080
2081 if (Result.get())
2082 return move(Result);
2083
2084 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), OpLoc,
2085 IsArrow, SS, R, TemplateArgs);
2086}
2087
2088Sema::OwningExprResult
2089Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2090 bool IsArrow, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2091 LookupResult &R,
2092 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2093 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
2094 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2095 if (IsArrow) {
2096 assert(BaseType->isPointerType());
2097 BaseType = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2098 }
2099
2100 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier =
2101 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep());
2102 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2103 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
2104
2105 if (R.isAmbiguous())
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002106 return ExprError();
2107
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002108 if (R.empty()) {
2109 // Rederive where we looked up.
2110 DeclContext *DC = (SS.isSet()
2111 ? computeDeclContext(SS, false)
2112 : BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002113
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002114 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
2115 << MemberName << DC << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2116 return ExprError();
2117 }
2118
2119 // We can't always diagnose the problem yet: it's permitted for
2120 // lookup to find things from an invalid context as long as they
2121 // don't get picked by overload resolution.
2122 if (SS.isSet() && CheckQualifiedMemberReference(BaseExpr, BaseType,
2123 Qualifier, SS.getRange(), R))
2124 return ExprError();
2125
2126 // Construct an unresolved result if we in fact got an unresolved
2127 // result.
2128 if (R.isOverloadedResult() || R.isUnresolvableResult()) {
2129 bool Dependent = R.isUnresolvableResult();
2130 Dependent = Dependent ||
2131 UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(),
2132 TemplateArgs);
2133
2134 UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr
2135 = UnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
2136 R.isUnresolvableResult(),
2137 BaseExpr, IsArrow, OpLoc,
2138 Qualifier, SS.getRange(),
2139 MemberName, MemberLoc,
2140 TemplateArgs);
2141 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
2142 MemExpr->addDecl(*I);
2143
2144 return Owned(MemExpr);
2145 }
2146
2147 assert(R.isSingleResult());
2148 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
2149
2150 // FIXME: diagnose the presence of template arguments now.
2151
2152 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2153 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2154 // error cases.
2155 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2156 return ExprError();
2157
2158 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2159 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2160 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2161 // explicitly qualified.
2162 if (MD->isVirtual() && !SS.isSet())
2163 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2164 }
2165
2166 // Check the use of this member.
2167 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc)) {
2168 Owned(BaseExpr);
2169 return ExprError();
2170 }
2171
2172 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2173 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2174 // (C++ [class.union]).
2175 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
2176 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
2177 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
2178
2179 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2180 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
2181 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2182 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2183 else {
2184 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2185 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2186 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2187
2188 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2189 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2190
2191 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2192 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2193 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
2194 }
2195
2196 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
2197 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2198 return ExprError();
2199 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2200 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
2201 }
2202
2203 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2204 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, Var);
2205 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2206 Var, MemberLoc,
2207 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2208 }
2209
2210 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2211 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2212 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2213 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2214 MemberFn->getType()));
2215 }
2216
2217 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2218 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2219 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2220 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
2221 }
2222
2223 Owned(BaseExpr);
2224
2225 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
2226 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2227 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2228
2229 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2230 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2231 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
2232 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2233 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2234 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2235}
2236
2237/// Look up the given member of the given non-type-dependent
2238/// expression. This can return in one of two ways:
2239/// * If it returns a sentinel null-but-valid result, the caller will
2240/// assume that lookup was performed and the results written into
2241/// the provided structure. It will take over from there.
2242/// * Otherwise, the returned expression will be produced in place of
2243/// an ordinary member expression.
2244///
2245/// The ObjCImpDecl bit is a gross hack that will need to be properly
2246/// fixed for ObjC++.
2247Sema::OwningExprResult
2248Sema::LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, Expr *&BaseExpr,
2249 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2250 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2251 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2252 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002253 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002254
Steve Naroffeaaae462007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002255 // Perform default conversions.
2256 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002257
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002258 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002259 assert(!BaseType->isDependentType());
2260
2261 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2262 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002263
2264 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002265 // type, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call that
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002266 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
2267 // call, and continue on.
2268 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2269 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
2270 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
2271 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
2272 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002273 ((!IsArrow && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
2274 (IsArrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002275 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
2276 ->isRecordType()))) {
2277 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2278 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
2279 << QualType(Fun, 0)
2280 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2281
2282 OwningExprResult NewBase
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002283 = ActOnCallExpr(0, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002284 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
2285 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002286 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002287
2288 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
2289 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
2290 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2291 }
2292 }
2293 }
2294
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002295 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2296 // use that.
2297 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
2298 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2299 // is a reference to 'isa'.
2300 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
2301 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002302 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002303 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002304 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002305
Fariborz Jahanian04b258c2009-11-25 23:07:42 +00002306 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2307 // use that.
2308 if (Context.isObjCSelType(BaseType)) {
2309 // We have an 'SEL' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2310 // is a reference to 'sel_id'.
2311 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType) {
2312 BaseType = Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType;
2313 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
2314 }
2315 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002316
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002317 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002318
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002319 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002320 if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002321 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2322 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2323 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
2324 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2325 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2326 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2327 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2328 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2329 // Check the use of this method.
2330 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2331 return ExprError();
2332 }
2333 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2334 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2335 Selector SetterSel =
2336 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2337 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
2338 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2339 if (!Setter) {
2340 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2341 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002342 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002343 }
2344 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2345 if (!Setter)
2346 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
2347
2348 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2349 return ExprError();
2350
2351 if (Getter || Setter) {
2352 QualType PType;
2353
2354 if (Getter)
2355 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2356 else
2357 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2358 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
2359 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2360 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
2361 PType,
2362 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2363 }
2364 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2365 << MemberName << BaseType);
2366 }
2367 }
2368
2369 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
2370 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
2371 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002372 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002373 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002374
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002375 if (IsArrow) {
2376 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002377 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002378 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2379 ;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002380 else {
2381 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2382 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2383 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002384 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002385 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002386
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002387 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access
2388 // to fields of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002389 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002390 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002391 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002392 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2393 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002394 return ExprError();
2395
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002396 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002397 if (SS.isSet()) {
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002398 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2399 // nested-name-specifier.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002400 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
Douglas Gregor0b3d95a2009-10-17 22:37:54 +00002401
2402 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2403 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002404 << DC << SS.getRange();
Douglas Gregor0b3d95a2009-10-17 22:37:54 +00002405 return ExprError();
2406 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002407
2408 // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a
John McCall8cd78132009-11-19 22:55:06 +00002409 // CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr.
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002410 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2411 }
2412
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002413 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002414 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
2415 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002416 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002417
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002418 // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring
2419 // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a
2420 // pseudo-destructor.
2421 if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2422 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002423 // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
2424 // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002425 // type.
2426 if (!BaseType->isScalarType())
2427 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
2428 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002429
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002430 // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the
2431 // same as the object type.
2432 if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() &&
2433 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType()))
2434 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
2435 << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType()
2436 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002437
2438 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002439 // the form
2440 //
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002441 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name
2442 //
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002443 // shall designate the same scalar type.
2444 //
2445 // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it
2446 // isn't checked here.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002447
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002448 // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through
2449 // DeclarationName. Can we do better?
2450 return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002451 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2452 (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep(),
2453 SS.getRange(),
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002454 MemberName.getCXXNameType(),
2455 MemberLoc));
2456 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002457
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002458 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2459 // (*Obj).ivar.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002460 if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2461 (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002462 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002463 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002464 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002465 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002466 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2467
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002468 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2469 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002470 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002471
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002472 if (IV) {
2473 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2474 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2475 // error cases.
2476 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2477 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002478
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002479 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2480 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2481 return ExprError();
2482 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2483 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2484 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2485 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2486 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2487 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2488 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2489 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2490 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2491 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2492 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2493 // AST for a function decl.
2494 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002495 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002496 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2497 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2498 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2499 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2500 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2501 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002502
2503 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2504 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002505 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002506 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002507 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002508 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2509 // @protected
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002510 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002511 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffd1b64be2009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002512 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002513
2514 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2515 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002516 IsArrow));
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002517 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002518 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002519 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002520 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb1378f92008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002521 }
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002522 }
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002523 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002524 if (!IsArrow && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
2525 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002526 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002527 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002528
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002529 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002530 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002531 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2532 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2533 // Check the use of this declaration
2534 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2535 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002536
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002537 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2538 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2539 }
2540 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2541 // Check the use of this method.
2542 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2543 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002544
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002545 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002546 OMD->getResultType(),
2547 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002548 NULL, 0));
2549 }
2550 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002551
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002552 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002553 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002554 }
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002555 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2556 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002557 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002558 if (!IsArrow && (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002559 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2560 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002561 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002562
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002563 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002564 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002565 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2566 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2567 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002568 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002569 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002570 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianfe9e3942009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002571 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2572 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002573 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002574 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2575 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002576 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002577 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2578 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002579 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002580 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2581 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2582 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002583
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002584 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002585 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2586 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002587 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2588 // selector is implemented.
2589
2590 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2591 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2592
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002593 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002594 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002595
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002596 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2597 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002598 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002599
Steve Naroff1df62692008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002600 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002601 if (!Getter)
2602 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002603 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002604 // Check if we can reference this property.
2605 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2606 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002607 }
2608 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2609 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002610 Selector SetterSel =
2611 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002612 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002613 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002614 if (!Setter) {
2615 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2616 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002617 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002618 }
2619 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002620 if (!Setter)
2621 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002622
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002623 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2624 return ExprError();
2625
2626 if (Getter || Setter) {
2627 QualType PType;
2628
2629 if (Getter)
2630 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian88cc2342009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002631 else
2632 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2633 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002634 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian9a846652009-08-20 17:02:02 +00002635 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002636 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2637 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002638 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002639 << MemberName << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian21f54ee2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002640 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002641
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002642 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002643 if (!IsArrow &&
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002644 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002645 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002646 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2647 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2648
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002649 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner6c7ce102009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002650 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002651 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002652 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2653 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002654 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002655 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002656 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002657 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002658
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002659 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2660 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2661
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002662 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002663}
2664
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002665static Sema::OwningExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(Sema &SemaRef,
2666 SourceLocation NameLoc,
2667 Sema::ExprArg MemExpr) {
2668 Expr *E = (Expr *) MemExpr.get();
2669 SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc = SemaRef.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NameLoc);
2670 SemaRef.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call)
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002671 << isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(E)
2672 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()");
2673
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002674 return SemaRef.ActOnCallExpr(/*Scope*/ 0,
2675 move(MemExpr),
2676 /*LPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc,
2677 Sema::MultiExprArg(SemaRef, 0, 0),
2678 /*CommaLocs*/ 0,
2679 /*RPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc);
2680}
2681
2682/// The main callback when the parser finds something like
2683/// expression . [nested-name-specifier] identifier
2684/// expression -> [nested-name-specifier] identifier
2685/// where 'identifier' encompasses a fairly broad spectrum of
2686/// possibilities, including destructor and operator references.
2687///
2688/// \param OpKind either tok::arrow or tok::period
2689/// \param HasTrailingLParen whether the next token is '(', which
2690/// is used to diagnose mis-uses of special members that can
2691/// only be called
2692/// \param ObjCImpDecl the current ObjC @implementation decl;
2693/// this is an ugly hack around the fact that ObjC @implementations
2694/// aren't properly put in the context chain
2695Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseArg,
2696 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2697 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
2698 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2699 UnqualifiedId &Id,
2700 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
2701 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
2702 if (SS.isSet() && SS.isInvalid())
2703 return ExprError();
2704
2705 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
2706
2707 // Decompose the name into its component parts.
2708 DeclarationName Name;
2709 SourceLocation NameLoc;
2710 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
2711 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
2712 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
2713
2714 bool IsArrow = (OpKind == tok::arrow);
2715
2716 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope
2717 = (!SS.isSet() ? 0 : FindFirstQualifierInScope(S,
2718 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep())));
2719
2720 // This is a postfix expression, so get rid of ParenListExprs.
2721 BaseArg = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(BaseArg));
2722
2723 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
2724 OwningExprResult Result(*this);
2725 if (Base->getType()->isDependentType()) {
2726 Result = ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base),
2727 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2728 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2729 Name, NameLoc,
2730 TemplateArgs);
2731 } else {
2732 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
2733 if (TemplateArgs) {
2734 // Re-use the lookup done for the template name.
2735 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
2736 } else {
2737 Result = LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
2738 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2739 ObjCImpDecl);
2740
2741 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
2742 Owned(Base);
2743 return ExprError();
2744 }
2745
2746 if (Result.get()) {
2747 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
2748 // immediately call it, which falls into this case. If the
2749 // next token is not a '(', produce a diagnostic and build the
2750 // call now.
2751 if (!HasTrailingLParen &&
2752 Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
2753 return DiagnoseDtorReference(*this, NameLoc, move(Result));
2754
2755 return move(Result);
2756 }
2757 }
2758
2759 Result = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), OpLoc,
2760 IsArrow, SS, R, TemplateArgs);
2761 }
2762
2763 return move(Result);
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002764}
2765
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002766Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
2767 FunctionDecl *FD,
2768 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
2769 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2770 Diag (CallLoc,
2771 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2772 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002773 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002774 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
2775 } else {
2776 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
2777 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
2778
2779 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002780 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD);
Anders Carlsson657bad42009-09-05 05:14:19 +00002781
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002782 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
2783 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002784 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002785
John McCall76d824f2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00002786 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002787 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002788 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002789
2790 if (SetParamDefaultArgument(Param, move(Result),
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002791 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/
2792 UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin()))
2793 return ExprError();
2794 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002795
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002796 Expr *DefaultExpr = Param->getDefaultArg();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002797
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002798 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2799 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2800 // be properly destroyed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002801 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002802 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002803 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002804 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2805 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2806 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2807 }
2808 }
2809
2810 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
2811 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, Param));
2812}
2813
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002814/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2815/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2816/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2817/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2818/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2819/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002820bool
2821Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002822 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002823 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002824 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2825 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002826 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002827 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2828 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002829 bool Invalid = false;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002830
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002831 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2832 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2833 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2834 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2835 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2836 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002837 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002838 }
2839
2840 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2841 // them.
2842 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2843 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2844 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2845 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2846 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2847 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2848 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2849 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002850 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002851 return true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002852 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002853 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002854 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00002855 VariadicCallType CallType =
2856 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;
2857 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2858 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2859 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2860 CallType = VariadicMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002861 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(), FDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian4fa66ce2009-11-24 21:37:28 +00002862 Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002863 if (Invalid)
2864 return true;
2865 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
2866 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
2867 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
2868
2869 return false;
2870}
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002871
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002872bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
2873 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
2874 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2875 unsigned FirstProtoArg,
2876 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2877 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00002878 VariadicCallType CallType) {
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002879 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2880 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
2881 bool Invalid = false;
2882 if (NumArgs != NumArgsInProto)
2883 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2884 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2885 unsigned ArgIx = 0;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002886 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002887 for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002888 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002889
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002890 Expr *Arg;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002891 if (ArgIx < NumArgs) {
2892 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
2893
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002894 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2895 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002896 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002897 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002898 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002899
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002900 // Pass the argument.
2901 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2902 return true;
Anders Carlsson78cfaa92009-11-13 04:34:45 +00002903
Anders Carlsson97df0b42009-11-13 17:04:35 +00002904 if (!ProtoArgType->isReferenceType())
2905 Arg = MaybeBindToTemporary(Arg).takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002906 } else {
Anders Carlssonc80a1272009-08-25 02:29:20 +00002907 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002908
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002909 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002910 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002911 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
2912 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002913
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002914 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002915 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002916 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002917 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002918
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002919 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00002920 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002921 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002922 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i < NumArgs; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002923 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002924 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002925 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002926 }
2927 }
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002928 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002929}
2930
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002931/// \brief "Deconstruct" the function argument of a call expression to find
2932/// the underlying declaration (if any), the name of the called function,
2933/// whether argument-dependent lookup is available, whether it has explicit
2934/// template arguments, etc.
2935void Sema::DeconstructCallFunction(Expr *FnExpr,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002936 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl*> &Fns,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002937 DeclarationName &Name,
2938 NestedNameSpecifier *&Qualifier,
2939 SourceRange &QualifierRange,
2940 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002941 bool &Overloaded,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002942 bool &HasExplicitTemplateArguments,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002943 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs) {
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002944 // Set defaults for all of the output parameters.
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002945 Name = DeclarationName();
2946 Qualifier = 0;
2947 QualifierRange = SourceRange();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00002948 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002949 Overloaded = false;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002950 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002951
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002952 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
2953 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2954 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
2955 while (true) {
2956 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2957 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2958 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002959 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2960 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
2961 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
2962 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2963 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002964 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002965 Fns.push_back(cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl()));
2966 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2967 if ((Qualifier = DRExpr->getQualifier()))
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00002968 QualifierRange = DRExpr->getQualifierRange();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002969 break;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002970 } else if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *UnresLookup
2971 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2972 Name = UnresLookup->getName();
2973 Fns.append(UnresLookup->decls_begin(), UnresLookup->decls_end());
2974 ArgumentDependentLookup = UnresLookup->requiresADL();
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002975 Overloaded = UnresLookup->isOverloaded();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002976 if ((Qualifier = UnresLookup->getQualifier()))
2977 QualifierRange = UnresLookup->getQualifierRange();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00002978 if (UnresLookup->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
2979 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = true;
2980 UnresLookup->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002981 }
2982 break;
2983 } else {
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002984 break;
2985 }
2986 }
2987}
2988
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002989/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002990/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2991/// locations.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002992Action::OwningExprResult
2993Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2994 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002995 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002996 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002997
2998 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2999 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003000
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003001 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003002 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner38dbdb22007-07-21 03:03:59 +00003003 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003004
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003005 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003006 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
3007 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
3008 if (NumArgs > 0) {
3009 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
3010 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
3011 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
3012 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
3013 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003014
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003015 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
3016 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003017
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003018 NumArgs = 0;
3019 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003020
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003021 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
3022 RParenLoc));
3023 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003024
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003025 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003026 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003027 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
3028 // Fn.
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003029 bool Dependent = false;
3030 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
3031 Dependent = true;
3032 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
3033 Dependent = true;
3034
3035 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003036 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003037 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
3038
3039 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
3040 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
3041 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3042 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
3043
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003044 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
3045
3046 // Determine whether this is a call to an unresolved member function.
3047 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3048 // If lookup was unresolved but not dependent (i.e. didn't find
3049 // an unresolved using declaration), it has to be an overloaded
3050 // function set, which means it must contain either multiple
3051 // declarations (all methods or method templates) or a single
3052 // method template.
3053 assert((MemE->getNumDecls() > 1) ||
3054 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*MemE->decls_begin()));
3055
3056 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3057 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
3058 }
3059
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003060 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003061 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003062 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003063 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003064 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3065 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003066 }
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003067
3068 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003069 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedFn)) {
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003070 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
3071 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003072 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
3073 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
3074 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003075
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003076 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
3077 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
3078 NumArgs, ResultTy,
3079 RParenLoc));
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003080
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003081 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
3082 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3083 TheCall.get(), 0))
3084 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson63dce022009-10-15 00:41:48 +00003085
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003086 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
3087 RParenLoc))
3088 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003089
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003090 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
3091 }
3092 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
3093 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3094 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003095 }
3096 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003097 }
3098
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003099 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003100 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003101 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003102 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*,8> Fns;
3103 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003104 bool Overloaded;
3105 bool ADL;
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003106 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003107 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitTemplateArgs;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003108 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
3109 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003110 DeconstructCallFunction(Fn, Fns, UnqualifiedName, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003111 ADL, Overloaded, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003112 ExplicitTemplateArgs);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003113
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003114 NamedDecl *NDecl; // the specific declaration we're calling, if applicable
3115 FunctionDecl *FDecl; // same, if it's known to be a function
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003116
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003117 if (Overloaded || ADL) {
3118#ifndef NDEBUG
3119 if (ADL) {
3120 // To do ADL, we must have found an unqualified name.
3121 assert(UnqualifiedName && "found no unqualified name for ADL");
3122
3123 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
3124 // Verify that this was correctly set up.
3125 if (Fns.size() == 1 && (FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Fns[0])) &&
3126 FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
3127 assert(0 && "performing ADL for builtin");
3128
3129 // We don't perform ADL in C.
3130 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C");
3131 }
3132
3133 if (Overloaded) {
3134 // To be overloaded, we must either have multiple functions or
3135 // at least one function template (which is effectively an
3136 // infinite set of functions).
3137 assert((Fns.size() > 1 ||
3138 (Fns.size() == 1 &&
3139 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Fns[0]->getUnderlyingDecl())))
3140 && "unrecognized overload situation");
3141 }
3142#endif
3143
3144 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, Fns, UnqualifiedName,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003145 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &ExplicitTemplateArgs : 0),
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003146 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
3147 RParenLoc, ADL);
3148 if (!FDecl)
3149 return ExprError();
3150
3151 Fn = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, FDecl);
3152
3153 NDecl = FDecl;
3154 } else {
3155 assert(Fns.size() <= 1 && "overloaded without Overloaded flag");
3156 if (Fns.empty())
3157 NDecl = FDecl = 0;
3158 else {
3159 NDecl = Fns[0];
Douglas Gregora727cb92009-06-30 22:34:41 +00003160 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003161 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003162 }
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003163
3164 // Promote the function operand.
3165 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
3166
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003167 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
3168 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003169 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
3170 Args, NumArgs,
3171 Context.BoolTy,
3172 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003173
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003174 const FunctionType *FuncT;
3175 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
3176 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
3177 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003178 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003179 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003180 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3181 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003182 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003183 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003184 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003185 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003186 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003187 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003188 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3189 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3190
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003191 // Check for a valid return type
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003192 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
3193 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
3194 FDecl))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003195 return ExprError();
3196
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003197 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +00003198 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003199
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003200 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003201 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003202 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003203 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003204 } else {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003205 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003206
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003207 if (FDecl) {
3208 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
3209 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
3210 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisddcd1322009-06-30 02:35:26 +00003211 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003212 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003213 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003214 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
3215 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
3216 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
3217 }
3218 }
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003219 }
3220
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003221 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003222 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
3223 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
3224 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003225 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3226 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003227 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3228 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003229 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003230 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003231 }
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00003232 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003233
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003234 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3235 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003236 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3237 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003238
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003239 // Check for sentinels
3240 if (NDecl)
3241 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003242
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003243 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003244 if (FDecl) {
3245 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3246 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003247
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003248 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003249 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3250 } else if (NDecl) {
3251 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3252 return ExprError();
3253 }
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003254
Anders Carlssonf8984012009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003255 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003256}
3257
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003258Action::OwningExprResult
3259Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3260 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003261 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003262 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3263 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Steve Naroff57eb2c52007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003264 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003265 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003266 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson2c1ec6d2007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003267
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003268 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003269 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003270 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3271 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor1c37d9e2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003272 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3273 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003274 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003275 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003276 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003277 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003278
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003279 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003280 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003281 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003282
Chris Lattner79413952008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003283 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003284 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003285 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003286 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003287 }
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003288 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003289 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003290 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003291}
3292
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003293Action::OwningExprResult
3294Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003295 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3296 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3297 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson4692db02007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003298
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003299 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003300 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003301
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003302 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor347f7ea2009-01-28 21:54:33 +00003303 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003304 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003305 return Owned(E);
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003306}
3307
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003308static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3309 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003310 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003311 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3312
3313 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3314 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3315 return CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
3316 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3317 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3318 }
3319
3320 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3321 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3322 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3323 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3324 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3325 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3326 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3327 }
3328
3329 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3330 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3331 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3332 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3333 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3334 }
3335
3336 // FIXME: Assert here.
3337 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3338 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3339}
3340
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003341/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redl955a0672009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003342bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003343 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003344 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3345 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003346 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003347 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3348 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003349
Eli Friedmanda8d4de2009-08-15 19:02:19 +00003350 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003351
3352 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3353 // type needs to be scalar.
3354 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3355 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonef918ac2009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003356 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3357 return false;
3358 }
3359
3360 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003361 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003362 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3363 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003364 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003365 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3366 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003367 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003368 return false;
3369 }
3370
3371 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003372 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003373 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003374 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003375 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003376 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003377 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
3378 castExpr->getType())) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003379 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3380 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3381 break;
3382 }
3383 }
3384 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3385 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3386 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003387 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003388 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003389 }
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003390
3391 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3392 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3393 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3394 }
3395
3396 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
3397 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003398 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3399 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003400 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003401 }
3402
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003403 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
3404 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
3405
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003406 if (castType->isVectorType())
3407 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3408 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3409 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3410
3411 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
Steve Naroffb47acdb2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003412 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003413
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003414 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3415 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
3416
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003417 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanf4e3ad62009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003418 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3419 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3420 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3421 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3422 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3423 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3424 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3425 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3426 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3427 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003428 }
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003429
3430 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003431 return false;
3432}
3433
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003434bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3435 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003436 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003437
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003438 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003439 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003440 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003441 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003442 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003443 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003444 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003445 } else
3446 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003447 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003448 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003449
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003450 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003451 return false;
3452}
3453
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003454bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
3455 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003456 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003457
3458 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
3459
Nate Begemanc8961a42009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003460 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3461 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003462 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3463 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3464 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3465 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003466 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003467 return false;
3468 }
3469
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003470 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003471 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3472 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003473 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3474 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3475 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3476 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003477
3478 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3479 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3480 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003481
3482 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003483 return false;
3484}
3485
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003486Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003487Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003488 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003489 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003490
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003491 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3492 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff1a2cf6b2007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003493
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003494 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003495 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3496 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003497
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003498 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
3499 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
3500 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003501 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003502 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003503 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003504 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003505
3506 if (Method) {
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003507 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003508 Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003509
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003510 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3511 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003512
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003513 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3514 } else {
3515 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian3df87672009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003516 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003517
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003518 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003519 Kind, castExpr, castType,
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003520 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003521}
3522
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003523/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3524/// of comma binary operators.
3525Action::OwningExprResult
3526Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3527 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3528 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3529 if (!E)
3530 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003531
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003532 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003533
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003534 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3535 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3536 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003537
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003538 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3539}
3540
3541Action::OwningExprResult
3542Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3543 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
3544 QualType Ty) {
3545 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003546
3547 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003548 // then handle it as such.
3549 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3550 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3551 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3552 return ExprError();
3553 }
3554
3555 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3556 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3557 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3558
3559 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3560 // braces instead of the original commas.
3561 Op.release();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003562 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003563 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3564 E->setType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003565 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003566 Owned(E));
3567 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003568 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003569 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3570 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3571 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3572 }
3573}
3574
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00003575Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenOrParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003576 SourceLocation R,
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00003577 MultiExprArg Val,
3578 TypeTy *TypeOfCast) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003579 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3580 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00003581 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenOrParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3582 Expr *expr;
3583 if (nexprs == 1 && TypeOfCast && !TypeIsVectorType(TypeOfCast))
3584 expr = new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, exprs[0]);
3585 else
3586 expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003587 return Owned(expr);
3588}
3589
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003590/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3591/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner2c486602009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003592/// C99 6.5.15
3593QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3594 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003595 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3596 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3597 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3598
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00003599 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_conditional);
3600
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003601 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3602 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3603 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3604 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3605 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3606 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003607
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003608 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003609 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3610 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3611 << CondTy;
3612 return QualType();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003613 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003614
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003615 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003616 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3617 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003618
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003619 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3620 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003621 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3622 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3623 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003624 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003625
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003626 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3627 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003628 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3629 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003630 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003631 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003632 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003633 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003634 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003635 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003636
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003637 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003638 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003639 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3640 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3641 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3642 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3643 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3644 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3645 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003646 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
3647 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman3e1852f2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003648 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003649 }
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003650 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3651 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003652 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003653 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003654 // promote the null to a pointer.
3655 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003656 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003657 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003658 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003659 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003660 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003661 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003662 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003663 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
3664 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
3665 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
3666 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3667 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003668 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003669 return LHSTy;
3670 }
3671 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3672 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003673 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003674 return RHSTy;
3675 }
3676 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
3677 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3678 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003679 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003680 return LHSTy;
3681 }
3682 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3683 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003684 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003685 return RHSTy;
3686 }
Fariborz Jahanian04b258c2009-11-25 23:07:42 +00003687 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
3688 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
3689 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
3690 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3691 return LHSTy;
3692 }
3693 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
3694 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
3695 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3696 return RHSTy;
3697 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003698 // Handle block pointer types.
3699 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3700 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3701 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3702 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003703 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3704 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003705 return destType;
3706 }
3707 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3708 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3709 return QualType();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003710 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003711 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3712 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3713 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003714 return LHSTy;
3715 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003716 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003717 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3718 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003719
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003720 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3721 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003722 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3723 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3724 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3725 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3726 // to get a consistent AST.
3727 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003728 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3729 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003730 return incompatTy;
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003731 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003732 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003733 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3734 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffea4c7802009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003735 return LHSTy;
3736 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003737 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003738 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003739
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003740 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3741 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3742 return LHSTy;
3743 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003744 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3745 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003746 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003747
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003748 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3749 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3750 // type. This allows
3751 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3752 // where B is a subclass of A.
3753 //
3754 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3755 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3756 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3757 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3758
3759 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3760 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003761 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003762 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003763 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003764 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003765 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003766 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003767 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003768 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003769 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3770 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3771 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3772 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3773 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003774 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00003775 } else if (!(compositeType =
3776 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
3777 ;
3778 else {
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003779 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3780 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3781 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3782 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003783 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3784 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003785 return incompatTy;
3786 }
3787 // The object pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003788 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3789 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003790 return compositeType;
3791 }
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003792 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3793 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003794 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003795 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003796 QualType destPointee
3797 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003798 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003799 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3800 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3801 // Promote to void*.
3802 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003803 return destType;
3804 }
3805 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003806 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003807 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003808 QualType destPointee
3809 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003810 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003811 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3812 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3813 // Promote to void*.
3814 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003815 return destType;
3816 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003817 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3818 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3819 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003820 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3821 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003822
3823 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3824 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3825 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003826 QualType destPointee
3827 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003828 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003829 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3830 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3831 // Promote to void*.
3832 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003833 return destType;
3834 }
3835 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003836 QualType destPointee
3837 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003838 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003839 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00003840 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003841 // Promote to void*.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00003842 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003843 return destType;
3844 }
3845
3846 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3847 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3848 return LHSTy;
3849 }
3850 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3851 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3852 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3853 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3854 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3855 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3856 // to get a consistent AST.
3857 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003858 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3859 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003860 return incompatTy;
3861 }
3862 // The pointer types are compatible.
3863 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3864 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3865 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3866 // type.
3867 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3868 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003869 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3870 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003871 return LHSTy;
3872 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003873
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003874 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3875 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3876 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3877 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003878 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003879 return RHSTy;
3880 }
3881 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3882 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3883 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003884 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003885 return LHSTy;
3886 }
Daniel Dunbar484603b2008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003887
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003888 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003889 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3890 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003891 return QualType();
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003892}
3893
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003894/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003895/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003896Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3897 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3898 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3899 ExprArg RHS) {
3900 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3901 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003902
3903 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3904 // was the condition.
3905 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3906 if (isLHSNull)
3907 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003908
3909 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattnerdaaa9f22007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003910 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003911 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003912 return ExprError();
3913
3914 Cond.release();
3915 LHS.release();
3916 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003917 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003918 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003919 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003920}
3921
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003922// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003923// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003924// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3925// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3926// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003927Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003928Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003929 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003930
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003931 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3932 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3933 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3934 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3935 return Compatible;
3936 }
3937
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003938 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003939 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3940 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003941
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003942 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003943 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3944 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003945
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003946 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003947
3948 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3949 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3950 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003951 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003952 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003953 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003954
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003955 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3956 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003957 // version of void...
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003958 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003959 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003960 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003961
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003962 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003963 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3964 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003965 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003966
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003967 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003968 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003969 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003970
3971 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003972 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3973 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003974 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003975 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003976 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003977 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3978 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3979 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3980 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3981 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3982 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003983 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003984 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003985 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003986 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003987
3988 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003989 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003990 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003991 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003992
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003993 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3994 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3995 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3996 // warning can be disabled.
3997 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3998 return ConvTy;
3999 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
4000 }
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004001
4002 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
4003 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
4004 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
4005 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
4006 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
4007 do {
4008 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4009 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4010
4011 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4012 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4013 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
4014
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004015 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00004016 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004017 }
4018
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004019 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004020 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004021 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004022 return ConvTy;
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004023}
4024
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004025/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
4026/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
4027/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
4028// types.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004029Sema::AssignConvertType
4030Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004031 QualType rhsType) {
4032 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004033
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004034 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004035 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4036 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004037
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004038 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4039 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4040 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004041
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004042 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004043
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004044 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004045 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004046 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004047
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004048 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004049 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004050 return ConvTy;
4051}
4052
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004053/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
4054/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00004055/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
4056///
4057/// int a, *pint;
4058/// short *pshort;
4059/// struct foo *pfoo;
4060///
4061/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4062/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
4063/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
4064/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4065///
4066/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004067/// C99 spec dictates.
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00004068///
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004069Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004070Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004071 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
4072 // them.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004073 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
4074 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004075
4076 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerf5c973d2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00004077 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff44fd8ff2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00004078
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004079 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4080 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4081 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4082 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4083 return Compatible;
4084 }
4085
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004086 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
4087 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
4088 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
4089 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
4090 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
4091 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
4092 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004093 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004094 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson24ebce62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00004095 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004096 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahaniana1e34202007-12-19 17:45:58 +00004097 }
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004098 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
4099 // to the same ExtVector type.
4100 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4101 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
4102 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
4103 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
4104 return Compatible;
4105 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004106
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004107 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004108 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004109 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004110 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004111 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
4112 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004113 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004114 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004115 }
4116 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004117 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004118
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004119 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004120 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004121
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004122 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004123 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004124 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004125
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004126 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004127 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004128
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004129 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004130 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004131 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4132 return Compatible;
4133 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004134 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004135 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
4136 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004137 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004138
4139 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004140 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004141 return Compatible;
4142 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004143 return Incompatible;
4144 }
4145
4146 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4147 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedman8163b7a2009-02-25 04:20:42 +00004148 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004149
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004150 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004151 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004152 return Compatible;
4153
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004154 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4155 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004156
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004157 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004158 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004159 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004160 }
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004161 return Incompatible;
4162 }
4163
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004164 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4165 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
4166 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004167
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004168 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004169 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004170 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4171 return Compatible;
4172 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004173 }
4174 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004175 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
4176 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004177 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4178 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004179 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4180 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004181 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004182 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004183 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004184 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
4185 return Compatible;
4186 }
4187 // Treat block pointers as objects.
4188 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4189 return Compatible;
4190 return Incompatible;
4191 }
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004192 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004193 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004194 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4195 return Compatible;
4196
4197 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004198 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004199
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004200 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004201 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004202
4203 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004204 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004205 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004206 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004207 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004208 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
4209 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
4210 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4211 return Compatible;
4212
4213 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
4214 return PointerToInt;
4215
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004216 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004217 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004218 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4219 return Compatible;
4220 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004221 }
4222 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004223 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004224 return Compatible;
4225 return Incompatible;
4226 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004227
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004228 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004229 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004230 return Compatible;
Bill Wendling216423b2007-05-30 06:30:29 +00004231 }
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004232 return Incompatible;
Steve Naroff9eb24652007-05-02 21:58:15 +00004233}
4234
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004235/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
4236/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004237static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004238 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
4239 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
4240 // of the transparent union.
4241 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
4242 &E, 1,
4243 SourceLocation());
4244 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
4245 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
4246
4247 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
4248 // union type from this initializer list.
4249 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
4250 false);
4251}
4252
4253Sema::AssignConvertType
4254Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
4255 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
4256
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004257 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004258 // transparent_union GCC extension.
4259 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004260 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004261 return Incompatible;
4262
4263 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
4264 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4265 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
4266 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004267 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4268 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004269 it != itend; ++it) {
4270 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4271 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
4272 // 1) void pointer
4273 // 2) null pointer constant
4274 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004275 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004276 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004277 InitField = *it;
4278 break;
4279 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004280
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004281 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4282 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004283 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004284 InitField = *it;
4285 break;
4286 }
4287 }
4288
4289 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4290 == Compatible) {
4291 InitField = *it;
4292 break;
4293 }
4294 }
4295
4296 if (!InitField)
4297 return Incompatible;
4298
4299 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4300 return Compatible;
4301}
4302
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004303Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004304Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004305 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4306 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4307 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4308 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4309 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004310 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
4311 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004312 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner0d5640c2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004313 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004314 }
4315
4316 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4317 // structures.
4318 }
4319
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004320 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4321 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004322 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4323 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004324 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004325 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4326 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004327 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004328 return Compatible;
4329 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004330
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004331 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004332 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004333 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004334 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004335 //
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004336 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004337 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
4338 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004339
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004340 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4341 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004342
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004343 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4344 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004345 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4346 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4347 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4348 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004349 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004350 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4351 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004352 return result;
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004353}
4354
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004355QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004356 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004357 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004358 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004359 return QualType();
Steve Naroff6f49f5d2007-05-29 14:23:36 +00004360}
4361
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004362inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004363 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004364 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004365 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004366 QualType lhsType =
4367 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4368 QualType rhsType =
4369 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004370
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004371 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004372 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004373 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004374
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004375 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4376 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004377 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4378 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004379 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4380 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004381 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004382 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004383 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004384 }
4385 }
4386 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004387
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004388 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4389 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4390 bool swapped = false;
4391 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4392 swapped = true;
4393 std::swap(rex, lex);
4394 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4395 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004396
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004397 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004398 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004399 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4400 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4401 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004402 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004403 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4404 return lhsType;
4405 }
4406 }
4407 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4408 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4409 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004410 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004411 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4412 return lhsType;
4413 }
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004414 }
4415 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004416
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004417 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004418 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004419 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004420 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004421 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004422}
4423
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004424inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004425 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar060d5e22009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004426 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004427 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004428
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004429 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004430
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004431 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004432 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004433 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004434}
4435
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004436inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004437 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar0d2bfec2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004438 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4439 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4440 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4441 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4442 }
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004443
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004444 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004445
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004446 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004447 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004448 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004449}
4450
4451inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004452 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004453 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4454 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4455 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4456 return compType;
4457 }
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004458
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004459 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004460
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004461 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004462 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4463 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4464 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004465 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004466 }
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004467
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004468 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4469 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004470 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004471 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4472
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004473 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004474
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004475 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004476 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004477
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004478 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4479 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004480 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4481 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004482 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004483 return QualType();
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004484 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004485
4486 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4487 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4488 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004489 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004490 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4491 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4492 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4493 return QualType();
4494 }
4495
4496 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4497 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4498 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004499 } else {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004500 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004501 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004502 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004503 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4504 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004505 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
4506 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004507 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004508 return QualType();
4509 }
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004510 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4511 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4512 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4513 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4514 return QualType();
4515 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004516
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004517 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004518 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4519 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4520 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4521 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4522 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004523 }
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004524 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
4525 }
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004526 return PExp->getType();
4527 }
4528 }
4529
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004530 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004531}
4532
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004533// C99 6.5.6
4534QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004535 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
4536 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4537 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4538 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4539 return compType;
4540 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004541
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004542 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004543
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004544 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004545
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004546 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004547 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
4548 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004549 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004550 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004551 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004552
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004553 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004554 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4eed7a12009-07-13 17:19:15 +00004555 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004556
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004557 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004558
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004559 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
4560 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
4561 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
4562 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4563 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4564 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4565 return QualType();
4566 }
4567
4568 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4569 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4570 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4571 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4572 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004573 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004574 return QualType();
4575 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004576
4577 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4578 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4579 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004580 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004581 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004582 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004583 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004584 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004585
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004586 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4587 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4588 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4589 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4590 return QualType();
4591 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004592
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004593 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004594 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4595 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4596 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4597 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4598 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4599 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004600 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004601 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4602
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004603 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004604 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004605 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004606
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004607 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004608 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman1974e532008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004609 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004610
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004611 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4612 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4613 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4614 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4615 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4616 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4617 return QualType();
4618 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004619
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004620 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4621 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4622 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4623 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004624 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004625 return QualType();
4626 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004627
4628 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4629 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4630 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4631 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4632 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004633 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
4634 << rex->getSourceRange()
4635 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004636 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004637
Eli Friedman168fe152009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004638 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4639 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4640 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4641 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4642 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4643 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4644 return QualType();
4645 }
4646 } else {
4647 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4648 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4649 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4650 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4651 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4652 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4653 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4654 return QualType();
4655 }
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004656 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004657
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004658 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4659 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4660 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4661 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4662 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004663 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004664 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004665
4666 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004667 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4668 }
4669 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004670
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004671 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004672}
4673
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004674// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004675QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004676 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004677 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4678 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004679 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004680
Nate Begemane46ee9a2009-10-25 02:26:48 +00004681 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
4682 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
4683 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4684
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004685 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4686 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004687 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4688 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4689 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4690 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4691 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004692 }
Chris Lattner3c133402007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004693 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004694 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004695
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004696 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004697
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004698 // Sanity-check shift operands
4699 llvm::APSInt Right;
4700 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar687fa862009-09-17 06:31:27 +00004701 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
4702 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn2f085712009-08-08 19:18:23 +00004703 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004704 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
4705 else {
4706 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
4707 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
4708 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
4709 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
4710 }
4711 }
4712
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004713 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004714 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004715}
4716
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004717/// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
4718///
4719/// \param lex the left-hand expression
4720/// \param rex the right-hand expression
4721/// \param OpLoc the location of the joining operator
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004722/// \param Equality whether this is an "equality-like" join, which
4723/// suppresses the warning in some cases
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004724void Sema::CheckSignCompare(Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004725 const PartialDiagnostic &PD, bool Equality) {
John McCalle2c91e62009-11-06 18:16:06 +00004726 // Don't warn if we're in an unevaluated context.
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00004727 if (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Unevaluated)
John McCalle2c91e62009-11-06 18:16:06 +00004728 return;
4729
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004730 QualType lt = lex->getType(), rt = rex->getType();
4731
4732 // Only warn if both operands are integral.
4733 if (!lt->isIntegerType() || !rt->isIntegerType())
4734 return;
4735
Sebastian Redl0b7c85f2009-11-05 21:09:23 +00004736 // If either expression is value-dependent, don't warn. We'll get another
4737 // chance at instantiation time.
4738 if (lex->isValueDependent() || rex->isValueDependent())
4739 return;
4740
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004741 // The rule is that the signed operand becomes unsigned, so isolate the
4742 // signed operand.
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004743 Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004744 if (lt->isSignedIntegerType()) {
4745 if (rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
4746 signedOperand = lex;
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004747 unsignedOperand = rex;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004748 } else {
4749 if (!rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
4750 signedOperand = rex;
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004751 unsignedOperand = lex;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004752 }
4753
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004754 // If the unsigned type is strictly smaller than the signed type,
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004755 // then (1) the result type will be signed and (2) the unsigned
4756 // value will fit fully within the signed type, and thus the result
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004757 // of the comparison will be exact.
4758 if (Context.getIntWidth(signedOperand->getType()) >
4759 Context.getIntWidth(unsignedOperand->getType()))
4760 return;
4761
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004762 // If the value is a non-negative integer constant, then the
4763 // signed->unsigned conversion won't change it.
4764 llvm::APSInt value;
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004765 if (signedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004766 assert(value.isSigned() && "result of signed expression not signed");
4767
4768 if (value.isNonNegative())
4769 return;
4770 }
4771
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004772 if (Equality) {
4773 // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004774 // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
4775 // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
4776 // change the result of the comparison.
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004777 if (unsignedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
4778 assert(!value.isSigned() && "result of unsigned expression is signed");
4779
4780 // 2's complement: test the top bit.
4781 if (value.isNonNegative())
4782 return;
4783 }
4784 }
4785
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004786 Diag(OpLoc, PD)
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004787 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4788 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4789}
4790
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004791// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004792QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004793 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4794 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4795
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004796 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004797 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004798
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004799 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison,
4800 (Opc == BinaryOperator::EQ || Opc == BinaryOperator::NE));
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004801
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004802 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff47fea352007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004803 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4804 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4805 else {
4806 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4807 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4808 }
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004809 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4810 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004811
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004812 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4813 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004814 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4815 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4816 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004817 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenekde9e9682009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004818 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004819 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4820 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4821 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4822 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenek9ffbe412009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004823 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4824 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004825 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004826
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004827 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4828 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4829 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4830 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004831
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004832 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4833 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004834 Expr *literalString = 0;
4835 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004836 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004837 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4838 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004839 literalString = lex;
4840 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004841 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4842 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004843 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4844 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004845 literalString = rex;
4846 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4847 }
4848
4849 if (literalString) {
4850 std::string resultComparison;
4851 switch (Opc) {
4852 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4853 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4854 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4855 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4856 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4857 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4858 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4859 }
4860 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4861 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4862 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor170512f2009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004863 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4864 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4865 "strcmp(")
4866 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4867 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004868 resultComparison);
4869 }
Ted Kremeneke451eae2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004870 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004871
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004872 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004873 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004874
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004875 if (isRelational) {
4876 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004877 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004878 } else {
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004879 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004880 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004881 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004882 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenekd4ecc6d2007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004883 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004884
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004885 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004886 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004887 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004888
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004889 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4890 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
4891 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4892 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004893
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004894 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4895 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4896 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff808eb8f2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004897 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004898 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004899 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004900 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004901 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004902
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004903 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004904 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4905 return ResultTy;
4906
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004907 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4908 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4909 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4910 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4911 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4912 //
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004913 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004914 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorb8420462009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004915 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004916 if (T.isNull()) {
4917 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4918 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4919 return QualType();
4920 }
4921
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004922 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4923 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004924 return ResultTy;
4925 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004926 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
4927 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
4928 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4929 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
4930 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
4931 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4932 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4933 }
4934 } else if (!isRelational &&
4935 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
4936 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
4937 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
4938 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
4939 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
4940 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4941 }
4942 } else {
4943 // Invalid
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004944 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004945 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff75c17232007-06-13 21:41:08 +00004946 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004947 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004948 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004949 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004950 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004951
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004952 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004953 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004954 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004955 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004956 (lType->isPointerType() ||
4957 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004958 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004959 return ResultTy;
4960 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004961 if (LHSIsNull &&
4962 (rType->isPointerType() ||
4963 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004964 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004965 return ResultTy;
4966 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004967
4968 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004969 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004970 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
4971 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004972 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
4973 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
4974 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
4975 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
4976 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
4977 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
4978 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
4979 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004980 // types.
4981 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
4982 if (T.isNull()) {
4983 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4984 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4985 return QualType();
4986 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004987
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004988 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4989 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004990 return ResultTy;
4991 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004992
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004993 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004994 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4995 return ResultTy;
4996 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004997
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004998 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004999 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005000 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5001 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005002
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005003 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00005004 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005005 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005006 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005007 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005008 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005009 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005010 }
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005011 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005012 if (!isRelational
5013 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
5014 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005015 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005016 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005017 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005018 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005019 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
5020 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
5021 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005022 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005023 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005024 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005025 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005026
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005027 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005028 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005029 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
5030 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005031 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005032 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005033 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005034 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005035
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005036 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
5037 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005038 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005039 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005040 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005041 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005042 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffea54d9e2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00005043 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005044 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005045 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005046 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5047 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005048 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005049 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffb788d9b2008-06-03 14:04:54 +00005050 }
Fariborz Jahanian134cbef2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00005051 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005052 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005053 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5054 if (RHSIsNull) {
5055 if (isRelational)
5056 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5057 } else if (isRelational)
5058 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5059 else
5060 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005061
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005062 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005063 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005064 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005065 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005066 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005067 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005068 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005069 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005070 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5071 if (LHSIsNull) {
5072 if (isRelational)
5073 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5074 } else if (isRelational)
5075 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5076 else
5077 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005078
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005079 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005080 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005081 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005082 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005083 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005084 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00005085 }
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005086 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005087 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
5088 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005089 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005090 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005091 }
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005092 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
5093 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005094 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005095 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005096 }
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005097 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005098}
5099
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005100/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005101/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005102/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
5103/// types.
5104QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005105 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005106 bool isRelational) {
5107 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
5108 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005109 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005110 if (vType.isNull())
5111 return vType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005112
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005113 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5114 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005115
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005116 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5117 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5118 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
5119 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
5120 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
5121 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
5122 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005123 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005124 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005125
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005126 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
5127 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
5128 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005129 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005130 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005131
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005132 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
5133 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
5134 // elements for floating point vectors.
5135 if (lType->isIntegerType())
5136 return lType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005137
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005138 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005139 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005140 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005141 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner5d688962009-03-31 07:46:52 +00005142 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005143 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5144
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005145 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005146 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005147 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5148}
5149
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005150inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005151 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff94a5aca2007-07-16 22:23:01 +00005152 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005153 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00005154
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005155 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005156
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00005157 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005158 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005159 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005160}
5161
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005162inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005163 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005164 if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5165 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5166 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005167
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005168 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
5169 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005170
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005171 return Context.IntTy;
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005172 }
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005173
5174 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
5175 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
5176 // The operands are both implicitly converted to type bool (clause 4).
5177 StandardConversionSequence LHS;
5178 if (!IsStandardConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy,
5179 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, LHS))
5180 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005181
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005182 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy, LHS,
5183 "passing", /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
5184 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5185
5186 StandardConversionSequence RHS;
5187 if (!IsStandardConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy,
5188 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, RHS))
5189 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5190
5191 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy, RHS,
5192 "passing", /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
5193 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5194
5195 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
5196 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
5197 // The result is a bool.
5198 return Context.BoolTy;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005199}
5200
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005201/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
5202/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
5203/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
5204///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005205static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005206 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
5207 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
5208 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
5209 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005210 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005211 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
5212 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
5213 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
5214 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005215 }
5216 }
5217 return false;
5218}
5219
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005220/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
5221/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
5222static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005223 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005224 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005225 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005226 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
5227 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005228 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
5229 return false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005230
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005231 unsigned Diag = 0;
5232 bool NeedType = false;
5233 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
5234 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
5235 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005236 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005237 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5238 NeedType = true;
5239 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005240 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005241 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5242 NeedType = true;
5243 break;
Chris Lattner9b3bbe92008-11-17 19:51:54 +00005244 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005245 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
5246 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005247 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005248 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5249 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005250 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
5251 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00005252 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00005253 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
5254 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005255 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005256 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
5257 break;
Steve Naroffba756cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00005258 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005259 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5260 break;
Fariborz Jahanian8a1810f2008-11-22 18:39:36 +00005261 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
5262 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
5263 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5118c412008-11-22 20:25:50 +00005264 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
5265 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
5266 break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005267 }
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00005268
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005269 SourceRange Assign;
5270 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
5271 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005272 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005273 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005274 else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005275 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005276 return true;
5277}
5278
5279
5280
5281// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005282QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
5283 SourceLocation Loc,
5284 QualType CompoundType) {
5285 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
5286 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005287 return QualType();
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005288
5289 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
5290 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005291
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005292 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005293 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005294 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005295 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005296 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
5297 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
5298 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005299 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005300 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005301 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005302 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005303
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005304 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
5305 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
5306 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005307 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005308 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
5309 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
5310 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
5311 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
5312 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005313 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005314 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005315 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
5316 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
5317 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnered9f14c2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00005318 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
5319 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005320 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
5321 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
5322 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005323 }
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005324 }
5325 } else {
5326 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb05c41e2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00005327 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005328 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005329
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005330 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
5331 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005332 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005333
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005334 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
5335 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005336 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005337 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5338 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005339 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005340 // operand.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005341 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005342}
5343
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005344// C99 6.5.17
5345QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattnerf6e1e302008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005346 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005347 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005348
5349 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5350 // incomplete in C++).
5351
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005352 return RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff95af0132007-03-30 23:47:58 +00005353}
5354
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005355/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5356/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005357QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5358 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005359 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5360 return Context.DependentTy;
5361
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005362 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5363 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Steve Naroffd50c88e2007-04-05 21:15:20 +00005364
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005365 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5366 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5367 if (!isInc) {
5368 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5369 return QualType();
5370 }
5371 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5372 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5373 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005374 // OK!
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005375 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5376 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005377
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005378 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005379 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005380 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5381 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5382 << Op->getSourceRange();
5383 return QualType();
5384 }
5385
5386 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005387 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005388 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005389 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5390 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5391 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5392 return QualType();
5393 }
5394
5395 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005396 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005397 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005398 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005399 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005400 << ResType))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005401 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianca75db72009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005402 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5403 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5404 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5405 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5406 return QualType();
5407 }
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005408 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
5409 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5410 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005411 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005412 } else {
5413 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005414 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005415 return QualType();
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00005416 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005417 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff9e1e5512007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005418 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005419 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005420 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005421 return ResType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005422}
5423
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005424/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005425/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005426/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5427/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5428/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5429/// - &(x) => x
5430/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5431/// - &s.xx => s
5432/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5433/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5434/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5435/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005436static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005437 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005438 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005439 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005440 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005441 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5442 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5443 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005444 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005445 return 0;
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005446 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005447 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005448 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005449 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5450 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005451 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5452 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5453 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5454 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5455 }
5456 return 0;
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005457 }
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005458 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5459 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005460
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005461 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005462 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5463 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5464 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5465 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5466 default:
5467 return 0;
5468 }
5469 }
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005470 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005471 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005472 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005473 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5474 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005475 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005476 default:
5477 return 0;
5478 }
5479}
5480
5481/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005482/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005483/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005484/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00005485/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005486/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005487/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005488QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005489 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5490 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5491
Douglas Gregor19b8c4f2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005492 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5493 return Context.DependentTy;
5494
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005495 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5496 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5497 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5498 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5499 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5500 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5501 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5502 }
5503 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5504 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5505 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005506 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner67315442008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005507 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes17f345f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005508
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005509 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5510 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005511 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005512 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005513 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005514 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5515 << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005516 return QualType();
5517 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005518 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005519 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
5520 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5521 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00005522 return QualType();
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005523 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
5524 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005525 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005526 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005527 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005528 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian385db802009-07-07 18:50:52 +00005529 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
5530 // cannot take address of a property expression.
5531 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5532 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
5533 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson3fa58d12009-09-14 23:15:26 +00005534 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
5535 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson01ccf992009-09-15 16:03:44 +00005536 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
5537 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005538 } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) {
5539 return Context.OverloadTy;
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005540 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005541 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005542 // with the register storage-class specifier.
5543 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005544 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005545 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5546 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005547 return QualType();
5548 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005549 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005550 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005551 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor9aa8b552008-12-10 21:26:49 +00005552 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005553 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
5554 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005555 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005556 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005557 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
5558 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005559 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005560 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
5561 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
5562 return QualType();
5563 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005564
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005565 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5566 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005567 }
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005568 }
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005569 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes5773a1b2008-12-16 22:58:26 +00005570 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005571 // As above.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005572 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
5573 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005574 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5575 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
5576 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Steve Narofff633d092007-04-25 19:01:39 +00005577 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005578 }
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005579
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005580 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5581 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
5582 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
5583 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
5584 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
5585 }
5586
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005587 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005588 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005589}
5590
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005591QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005592 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5593 return Context.DependentTy;
5594
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005595 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
5596 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005597
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005598 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
5599 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
5600 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
5601 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005602 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005603 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005604
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005605 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanianf15d4b62009-09-03 00:43:07 +00005606 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005607
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005608 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005609 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005610 return QualType();
Steve Naroff1926c832007-04-24 00:23:05 +00005611}
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005612
5613static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
5614 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5615 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5616 switch (Kind) {
5617 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005618 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
5619 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005620 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
5621 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
5622 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
5623 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
5624 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
5625 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
5626 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
5627 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
5628 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
5629 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
5630 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
5631 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
5632 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
5633 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
5634 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
5635 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
5636 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
5637 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
5638 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
5639 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
5640 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
5641 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
5642 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
5643 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
5644 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
5645 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
5646 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
5647 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
5648 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
5649 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
5650 }
5651 return Opc;
5652}
5653
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005654static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
5655 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5656 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5657 switch (Kind) {
5658 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
5659 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
5660 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
5661 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
5662 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
5663 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
5664 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
5665 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
5666 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005667 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
5668 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
Chris Lattnerd0f76512007-06-08 22:16:53 +00005669 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005670 }
5671 return Opc;
5672}
5673
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005674/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
5675/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
5676/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005677Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5678 unsigned Op,
5679 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005680 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005681 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005682 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
5683 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
5684 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005685
5686 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005687 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
5688 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
5689 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005690 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
5691 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
5692 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
5693 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
5694 break;
5695 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005696 case BinaryOperator::Div:
5697 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5698 break;
5699 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
5700 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5701 break;
5702 case BinaryOperator::Add:
5703 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5704 break;
5705 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
5706 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5707 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005708 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005709 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
5710 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5711 break;
5712 case BinaryOperator::LE:
5713 case BinaryOperator::LT:
5714 case BinaryOperator::GE:
5715 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005716 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005717 break;
5718 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
5719 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005720 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005721 break;
5722 case BinaryOperator::And:
5723 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
5724 case BinaryOperator::Or:
5725 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5726 break;
5727 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
5728 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
5729 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5730 break;
5731 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
5732 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005733 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5734 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5735 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5736 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005737 break;
5738 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005739 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5740 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5741 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5742 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005743 break;
5744 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005745 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5746 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5747 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005748 break;
5749 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005750 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5751 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5752 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005753 break;
5754 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
5755 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005756 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5757 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5758 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5759 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005760 break;
5761 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5762 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5763 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005764 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5765 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5766 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5767 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005768 break;
5769 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5770 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5771 break;
5772 }
5773 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005774 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005775 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005776 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5777 else
5778 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005779 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5780 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005781}
5782
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005783/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
5784/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005785static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
5786 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
5787 SourceRange ParenRange)
5788{
5789 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
5790 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
5791 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
5792 // warning/error and return.
5793 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
5794 return;
5795 }
5796
5797 Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
5798 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
5799 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
5800}
5801
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005802/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
5803/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
5804/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
5805/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005806static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5807 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005808 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
5809 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
5810 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
5811 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005812 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005813 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005814 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
5815
5816 // Subs are not binary operators.
5817 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
5818 return;
5819
5820 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
5821 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005822 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
5823 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005824 return;
5825
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005826 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005827 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5828 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005829 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
5830 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
5831 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
5832 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005833 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5834 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005835 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
5836 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
5837 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005838}
5839
5840/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
5841/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
5842/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
5843static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5844 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005845 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005846 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
5847}
5848
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005849// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005850Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5851 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5852 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005853 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005854 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005855
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005856 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5857 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005858
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005859 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
5860 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
5861
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005862 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
5863}
5864
5865Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5866 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5867 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005868 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005869 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005870 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5871 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5872 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5873 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5874 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005875 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005876 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5877 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005878 if (S)
5879 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5880 Functions);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005881 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005882 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005883 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00005884 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005885 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005886
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005887 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5888 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005889 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005890 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005891
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005892 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005893 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005894}
5895
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005896Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005897 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005898 ExprArg InputArg) {
5899 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005900
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005901 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005902 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005903 QualType resultType;
5904 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005905 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5906 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5907 break;
5908
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005909 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5910 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005911 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5912 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005913 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005914 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5915 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005916 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005917 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005918 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005919 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005920 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffb7235642007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005921 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005922 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005923 break;
5924 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5925 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005926 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5927 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005928 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5929 break;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005930 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5931 break;
5932 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5933 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5934 break;
5935 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5936 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5937 resultType->isPointerType())
5938 break;
5939
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005940 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5941 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005942 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005943 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5944 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005945 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5946 break;
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005947 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5948 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5949 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005950 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005951 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005952 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005953 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5954 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005955 break;
5956 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00005957 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005958 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5959 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005960 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5961 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005962 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005963 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5964 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerbe31ed82007-06-02 19:11:33 +00005965 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005966 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5967 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005968 break;
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005969 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005970 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005971 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005972 break;
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005973 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005974 resultType = Input->getType();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00005975 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005976 }
5977 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005978 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005979
5980 InputArg.release();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005981 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005982}
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005983
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005984Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5985 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5986 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005987 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Anders Carlsson461a2c02009-11-14 21:26:41 +00005988 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
5989 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005990 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5991 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5992 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5993 // the arguments.
5994 FunctionSet Functions;
5995 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5996 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005997 if (S)
5998 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5999 Functions);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006000 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006001 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00006002 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, &Input, 1, Functions);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006003 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006004
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006005 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
6006 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006007
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006008 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
6009}
6010
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006011// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
6012Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6013 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
6014 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
6015}
6016
Steve Naroff66356bd2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00006017/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006018Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6019 SourceLocation LabLoc,
6020 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006021 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner3318e862009-04-18 20:01:55 +00006022 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006023
Daniel Dunbar88402ce2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00006024 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
6025 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroff846b1ec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00006026 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006027 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006028
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006029 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006030 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
6031 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006032}
6033
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006034Sema::OwningExprResult
6035Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
6036 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
6037 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006038 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
6039 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
6040
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006041 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattnera69b0762009-04-25 19:11:05 +00006042 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006043 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006044
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006045 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
6046 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
6047 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006048
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006049 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
6050 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
6051 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006052
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006053 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
6054 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
6055 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
6056 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
6057 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006058
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006059 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006060 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006061 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006062
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006063 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
6064 // expressions are not lvalues.
6065
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006066 substmt.release();
6067 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006068}
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006069
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006070Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
6071 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6072 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
6073 TypeTy *argty,
6074 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
6075 unsigned NumComponents,
6076 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6077 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
6078 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006079 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6080 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006081 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006082
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006083 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
6084
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006085 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
6086 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
6087 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006088 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006089 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006090
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006091 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
6092 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor26897462009-03-11 16:48:53 +00006093
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006094 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
6095 // the offsetof designators.
6096 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
6097 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006098 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006099 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman16c88df2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00006100
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006101 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
6102 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006103 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
6104 // a system header!
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006105 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006106 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
6107 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006108
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006109 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedman8469bc72009-05-03 21:22:18 +00006110 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006111
John McCall9eff4e62009-11-04 03:03:43 +00006112 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
6113 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
6114 return ExprError();
6115
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006116 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
6117 // leaks like a sieve.
6118 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
6119 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
6120 if (OC.isBrackets) {
6121 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
6122 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
6123 if (!AT) {
6124 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006125 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
6126 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006127 }
6128
6129 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
6130
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006131 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
6132 // expression.
6133 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
6134
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006135 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
6136 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006137 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006138 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006139 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00006140 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006141 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006142
6143 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
6144 OC.LocEnd);
6145 continue;
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006146 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006147
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006148 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006149 if (!RC) {
6150 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006151 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
6152 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006153 }
Chris Lattner98dbf0a2007-08-30 17:59:59 +00006154
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006155 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
6156 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006157 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00006158 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlsson8b98d022009-05-02 17:45:47 +00006159 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
6160 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
6161 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00006162 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
6163 }
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006164 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006165
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006166 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
6167 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00006168
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006169 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00006170 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(R.getAsSingleDecl(Context));
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006171 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006172 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00006173 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
6174 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006175
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006176 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
6177 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006178 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00006179 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
John McCall7e1d6d72009-11-11 03:23:23 +00006180 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006181 } else {
6182 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
6183 // doesn't matter here.
6184 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
6185 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
6186 }
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006187 }
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006188 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006189
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006190 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
6191 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006192}
6193
6194
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006195Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6196 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
6197 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006198 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6199 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
6200 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006201
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006202 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006203
Douglas Gregorf907cbf2009-05-19 22:28:02 +00006204 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6205 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
6206 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
6207 return ExprError();
6208 }
6209
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006210 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
6211 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006212}
6213
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006214Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6215 ExprArg cond,
6216 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
6217 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6218 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
6219 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
6220 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006221
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006222 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
6223
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006224 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006225 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor0df91122009-05-19 22:43:30 +00006226 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006227 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006228 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006229 } else {
6230 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
6231 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
6232 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
6233 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006234 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
6235 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
6236 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006237
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006238 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
6239 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006240 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
6241 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006242 }
6243
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006244 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
6245 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006246 resType, RPLoc,
6247 resType->isDependentType(),
6248 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006249}
6250
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006251//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6252// Clang Extensions.
6253//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6254
6255/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006256void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006257 // Analyze block parameters.
6258 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006259
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006260 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
6261 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
6262 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006263
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006264 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006265 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpa6703322009-02-19 22:01:56 +00006266 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbarb9a68612009-07-29 01:59:17 +00006267 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006268 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
6269 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006270
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006271 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00006272 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006273}
6274
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006275void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00006276 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006277
6278 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
6279 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006280 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006281 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
6282
Mike Stumpd456c482009-04-28 01:10:27 +00006283 if (T->isArrayType()) {
6284 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6285 diag::err_block_returns_array);
6286 return;
6287 }
6288
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006289 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
6290 if (!T->isFunctionType())
6291 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
6292
6293 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
6294 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006295 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006296 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006297 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006298 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006299 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6300 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006301 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006302
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006303 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6304 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6305 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6306 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6307 return;
6308 }
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006309 return;
6310 }
6311
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006312 // Analyze arguments to block.
6313 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
6314 "Not a function declarator!");
6315 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006316
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006317 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
6318 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006319
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006320 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
6321 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
6322 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
6323 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006324 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
6325 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006326 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006327 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006328 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
6329 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006330 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006331 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006332 }
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006333 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006334 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian960910a2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00006335 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006336 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006337 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
6338 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
6339 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
6340 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
6341 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006342
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006343 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006344 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006345 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006346 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006347 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006348 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6349 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006350
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006351 // Analyze the return type.
6352 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006353 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006354
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006355 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6356 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6357 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6358 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6359 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006360 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006361}
6362
6363/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
6364/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
6365void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
6366 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6367 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006368
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006369 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
6370
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006371 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner41b86942009-04-21 22:38:46 +00006372 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006373 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006374 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006375}
6376
6377/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
6378/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006379Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
6380 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9eac9312009-03-27 04:18:06 +00006381 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
6382 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
6383 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006384
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006385 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6386 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006387
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006388 PopDeclContext();
6389
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006390 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
6391 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006392
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006393 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006394 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6395 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006396
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006397 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6398 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6399 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006400
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006401 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006402 QualType BlockTy;
6403 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006404 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6405 NoReturn);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006406 else
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006407 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006408 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6409 NoReturn);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006410
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006411 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006412 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006413 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006414
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006415 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
6416 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
6417 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
6418 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006419
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006420 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006421 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006422 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6423 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006424}
6425
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006426Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6427 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6428 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006429 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006430 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
6431 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006432
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006433 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006434
6435 // Get the va_list type
6436 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006437 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
6438 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
6439 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
6440 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006441 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006442 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
6443 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
6444 } else {
6445 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6446 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006447 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006448 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006449 return ExprError();
6450 }
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006451
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006452 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6453 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006454 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6455 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006456 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner3f5cd772009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006457 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006458
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006459 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006460 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006461
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006462 expr.release();
6463 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6464 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006465}
6466
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006467Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006468 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
6469 // pointers on the target.
6470 QualType Ty;
6471 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
6472 Ty = Context.IntTy;
6473 else
6474 Ty = Context.LongTy;
6475
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006476 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006477}
6478
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006479static void
6480MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(Sema& SemaRef,
6481 QualType DstType,
6482 Expr *SrcExpr,
6483 CodeModificationHint &Hint) {
6484 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
6485 return;
6486
6487 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6488 if (!PT)
6489 return;
6490
6491 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
6492 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
6493 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
6494 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
6495 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
6496 return;
6497 }
6498
6499 // Strip off any parens and casts.
6500 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
6501 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
6502 return;
6503
6504 Hint = CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
6505}
6506
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006507bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6508 SourceLocation Loc,
6509 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6510 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
6511 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
6512 bool isInvalid = false;
6513 unsigned DiagKind;
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006514 CodeModificationHint Hint;
6515
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006516 switch (ConvTy) {
6517 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
6518 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006519 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006520 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
6521 break;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006522 case IntToPointer:
6523 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
6524 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006525 case IncompatiblePointer:
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006526 MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006527 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
6528 break;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00006529 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
6530 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
6531 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006532 case FunctionVoidPointer:
6533 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
6534 break;
6535 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00006536 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
6537 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
6538 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
6539 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
6540 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
6541 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
6542 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
6543 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
6544 // C++ semantics.
6545 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6546 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
6547 return false;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006548 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
6549 break;
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00006550 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanianb98dade2009-11-09 22:16:37 +00006551 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00006552 break;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006553 case IntToBlockPointer:
6554 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
6555 break;
6556 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd79b5a82009-04-21 22:51:42 +00006557 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006558 break;
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006559 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006560 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006561 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
6562 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
6563 break;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00006564 case IncompatibleVectors:
6565 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
6566 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006567 case Incompatible:
6568 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
6569 isInvalid = true;
6570 break;
6571 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006572
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00006573 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006574 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006575 return isInvalid;
6576}
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006577
Chris Lattnerc71d08b2009-04-25 21:59:05 +00006578bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006579 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
6580 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
6581 if (Result)
6582 *Result = ICEResult;
6583 return false;
6584 }
6585
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006586 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
6587
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006588 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006589 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
6590 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
6591
6592 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
6593 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
6594 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
6595 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
6596 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
6597 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
6598 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006599
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006600 return true;
6601 }
6602
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006603 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
6604 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006605
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006606 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
6607 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
6608 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006609
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006610 if (Result)
6611 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
6612 return false;
6613}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006614
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006615void
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006616Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006617 ExprEvalContexts.push_back(
6618 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(NewContext, ExprTemporaries.size()));
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006619}
6620
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006621void
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006622Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
6623 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
6624 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
6625 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006626
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006627 if (Rec.Context == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated &&
6628 Rec.PotentiallyReferenced) {
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006629 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
6630 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
6631 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006632 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator
6633 I = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->begin(),
6634 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->end();
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006635 I != IEnd; ++I)
6636 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006637 }
6638
6639 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
6640 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
6641 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
6642 // will never be constructed.
6643 if (Rec.Context == Unevaluated &&
6644 ExprTemporaries.size() > Rec.NumTemporaries)
6645 ExprTemporaries.erase(ExprTemporaries.begin() + Rec.NumTemporaries,
6646 ExprTemporaries.end());
6647
6648 // Destroy the popped expression evaluation record.
6649 Rec.Destroy();
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006650}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006651
6652/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
6653///
6654/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
6655/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
6656/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
6657/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
6658///
6659/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
6660///
6661/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
6662void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
6663 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006664
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006665 if (D->isUsed())
6666 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006667
Douglas Gregor3beaf9b2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00006668 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
6669 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
6670 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
6671 // -Wunused-parameters)
6672 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
6673 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006674 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006675
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006676 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
6677 // an instantiation.
6678 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
6679 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006680
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006681 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006682 case Unevaluated:
6683 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
6684 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006685
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006686 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
6687 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
6688 // "used"; handle this below.
6689 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006690
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006691 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
6692 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
6693 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
6694 // potentially evaluated.
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006695 ExprEvalContexts.back().addReferencedDecl(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006696 return;
6697 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006698
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006699 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian3a363432009-06-22 17:30:33 +00006700 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006701 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian18eb69a2009-06-22 20:37:23 +00006702 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
6703 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6704 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006705 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00006706 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006707 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6708 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
6709 }
Fariborz Jahanian24a175b2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00006710 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
6711 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
6712 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006713
Fariborz Jahanian41f79272009-06-25 21:45:19 +00006714 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6715 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6716 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
6717 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
6718 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
6719 }
6720 }
Fariborz Jahanian49796cc72009-06-24 22:09:44 +00006721 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006722 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor4adbc6d2009-06-26 00:10:03 +00006723 // class templates.
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006724 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006725 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
6726 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
6727 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
6728 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6729 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006730 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6731 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006732 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6733 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
6734 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
6735 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6736 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006737 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6738 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006739 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6740 }
6741
6742 if (!AlreadyInstantiated)
6743 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
6744 }
6745
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006746 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006747 Function->setUsed(true);
6748 return;
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006749 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006750
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006751 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006752 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006753 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006754 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
6755 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
6756 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
6757 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
6758 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
6759 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
6760 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
6761 }
6762 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006763
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006764 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006765
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006766 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006767 return;
Sam Weinigbae69142009-09-11 03:29:30 +00006768 }
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006769}
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00006770
6771bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
6772 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
6773 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
6774 return false;
6775
6776 PartialDiagnostic Note =
6777 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
6778 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
6779 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
6780
6781 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
6782 FD ?
6783 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
6784 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
6785 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
6786 << CE->getSourceRange(),
6787 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
6788 return true;
6789
6790 return false;
6791}
6792
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006793// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
6794// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
6795void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
6796 SourceLocation Loc;
6797
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006798 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
6799
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006800 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6801 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
6802 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
6803 return;
6804
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00006805 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
6806 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
6807 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
6808 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
6809
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00006810 // self = [<foo> init...]
6811 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
6812 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
6813 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
6814
6815 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
6816 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
6817 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
6818 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
6819 }
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006820
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006821 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6822 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
6823 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
6824 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
6825 return;
6826
6827 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6828 } else {
6829 // Not an assignment.
6830 return;
6831 }
6832
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006833 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCalle724ae92009-10-12 22:25:59 +00006834 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006835
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006836 Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006837 << E->getSourceRange()
6838 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
6839 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
6840}
6841
6842bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
6843 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
6844
6845 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
6846 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
6847
6848 QualType T = E->getType();
6849
6850 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6851 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
6852 return true;
6853 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
6854 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
6855 << T << E->getSourceRange();
6856 return true;
6857 }
6858 }
6859
6860 return false;
6861}